diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir')
24 files changed, 9326 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc1.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc1.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee5e907d349 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc1.ch @@ -0,0 +1,696 @@ +% This is an \eOmega change file; it brings \eTeX register numbers +% from 32767 ($2^{15}-1$) to 65535 ($2^{16}-1), to bring it on line +% with \Omega +% Noticeably, since Omega has 16-bit quarterwords, it is possible +% to do so without changing much. +% Notice that we do this for marks register: everything else is +% brought to level with Omega in eomem.ch +%---------------------------------------- +@x Section 53a onwards l.4600 +@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>= +max_reg_num:=32767; +max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32767."; +@y +@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>= +max_reg_num:=65535; +max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 65535."; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.4607 +@ There are seven almost identical doubly linked trees, one for the +sparse array of the up to 32512 additional registers of each kind and +one for the sparse array of the up to 32767 additional mark classes. +The root of each such tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16 +pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index +nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256, +and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are +followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements. + +Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible +subtrees or are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight +words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as +array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.) + +The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the +array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next +lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains four bits (one +hexadecimal digit) of the register number or mark class. For the lowest +index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates +the type of quantity (|int_avl|, |dimen_val|, |glue_val|, |mu_val|, +|box_val|, |tok_val|, or |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the index +nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null. +@y +@ There is one doubly linked tree, to handle the sparse array of the up +to 65535 additional mark classes. +The root of the tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16 +pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index +nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256, +and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are +followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements. + +Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible +subtrees are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight +words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as +array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.) + +The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the +array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next +lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains eight bits (two +hexadecimal digits) of the mark class. For the lowest +index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates +the type of quantity (which is always |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the +index nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null. +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.4630 +The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the four +bits plus 16 times the type. Therefore such a node represents a count +or dimen register if and only if |sa_index<dimen_val_limit|; it +represents a skip or muskip register if and only if +|dimen_val_limit<=sa_index<mu_val_limit|; it represents a box register +if and only if |mu_val_limit<=sa_index<box_val_limit|; it represents a +token list register if and only if +|box_val_limit<=sa_index<tok_val_limit|; finally it represents a mark +class if and only if |tok_val_limit<=sa_index|. + +The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|) +having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields. + +@d box_val==4 {the additional box registers} +@d mark_val=6 {the additional mark classes} +@# +@d dimen_val_limit=@"20 {$2^4\cdot(|dimen_val|+1)$} +@d mu_val_limit=@"40 {$2^4\cdot(|mu_val|+1)$} +@d box_val_limit=@"50 {$2^4\cdot(|box_val|+1)$} +@d tok_val_limit=@"60 {$2^4\cdot(|tok_val|+1)$} +@y +The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the eight +bits plus 256 times the type. The type field is actually ignored, +since we only use this hoop-jumpings for marks registers (the code +will probably get a rewrite to get in line with the rest of the +(e-)Omega stuf, anyway, so \dots) + +The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|) +having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields. + +@d box_val==7 {the additional box registers} +@d mark_val=8 {the additional mark classes} +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x +@ The roots of the seven trees for the additional registers and mark +classes are kept in the |sa_root| array. The first six locations must +be dumped and undumped; the last one is also known as |sa_mark|. + +@d sa_mark==sa_root[mark_val] {root for mark classes} + +@<Glob...@>= +@!sa_root:array[int_val..mark_val] of pointer; {roots of sparse arrays} +@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|} +@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null; + +@ @<Initialize table...@>= +for i:=int_val to tok_val do sa_root[i]:=null; +@y +@ The root of the tree for the additional mark classes is kept +in |sa_mark|. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!sa_mark:pointer; {pointer to sparse array of marks} +@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|} +@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.4681 +@ Given a type |t| and a sixteen-bit number |n|, the |find_sa_element| +procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node for the +corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists. The +third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g., +because it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main +branches: one follows the existing tree structure, the other (only used +when |w| is |true|) creates the missing nodes. + +We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register +number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from +an index node. + +@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing} + begin if cur_ptr=null then + if w then goto #@+else return; + end +@# +@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit} +@# +@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1) + else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1) + {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|} +@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q)); + end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q)); + end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean); + {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|} +label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit; +var q:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +begin cur_ptr:=sa_root[t]; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr; +if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4; +return; +not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node} +sa_root[t]:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); +not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); +not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); +not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); +not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>; +link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr; +exit:end; + +@ The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an +|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|. +Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g., +\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element, +we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field. An array +element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its +|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value. +@^reference counts@> + +Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values +are stored in the |sa_ptr| field. +Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their +values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third +word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store +the register number. Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three +words contain the five types of current marks + +@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value} +@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value} +@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 16) {type part of combined type/index} +@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element} +@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value} +@# +@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value} +@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number} +@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer} +@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)} +@# +@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class} +@# +@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|} + if cur_val<256 then #:=box(cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end + +@<Create a new array element...@>= +if t=mark_val then {a mark class} + begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size); + mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null; + end +else begin if t<=dimen_val then {a count or dimen register} + begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0; + sa_num(cur_ptr):=n; + end + else begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size); + if t<=mu_val then {a skip or muskip register} + begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue); + end + else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; {a box or token list register} + end; + sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null; {all registers have a reference count} + end; +sa_index(cur_ptr):=16*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one + +@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array +element representing a register is being removed; this means that the +reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference +count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its +default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with +some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class +nodes. +@^reference counts@> + +@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count} +@# +@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same} + if cur_val<256 then set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,#)@+else set_sa_box(#) +@# + +{ FIXME: needs debugging (sparse arrays) } +@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr<>0 then + begin + set_equiv(sa_ptr(cur_ptr),#); + add_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + end; + end + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count} +label exit; +var p:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +@!s:small_number; {size of a node} +begin decr(sa_ref(q)); +if sa_ref(q)<>null then return; +if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then + if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size + else return +else begin if sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then + if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue) + else return + else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return; + s:=pointer_node_size; + end; +repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s); +if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed} + begin sa_root[i]:=null; return; + end; +delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node} +until sa_used(q)>0; +exit:end; + +@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding +to an array element. + +@<Basic print...@>= +procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number} +var @!n:halfword; {the register number} +begin if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case} +else begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q); + q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q))); + end; +print_int(n); +end; + +@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element +symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is +|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in +the |eqtb| array. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number); +var t:small_number; {the type of element} +begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" "); +if p=null then print_char("?") {this can't happen} +else begin t:=sa_type(p); + if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p) + else if t=box_val then + begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p); + end + else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p) + else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either} + print_char("="); + if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p)) + else if t=dimen_val then + begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt"); + end + else begin p:=sa_ptr(p); + if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt") + else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu") + else if t=box_val then + if p=null then print("void") + else begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p); + end + else if t=tok_val then + begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32); + end + else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either} + end; + end; +print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false); +end; +tats +@y +@ Given a type |t| (which is always |mark_val|) and a sixteen-bit number |n|, +the |find_sa_element| procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node +for the corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists. +The third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g., because +it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main branches: one follows +the existing tree structure, the other (only used when |w| is |true|) creates +the missing nodes. + +We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register +number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from +an index node. + +@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing} + begin if cur_ptr=null then + if w then goto #@+else return; + end +@# +{FIXME: needs debugging} +@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit} +@# +@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1) + else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1) + {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|} +@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q)); + end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q)); + end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean); + {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|} +label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit; +var q:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +begin +begin if t<>mark_val then begin + cur_ptr:=null; + return; +end; end; +cur_ptr:=sa_mark; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr; +if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4; +return; +not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node} +sa_mark:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); +not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); +not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); +not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); +not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>; +link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr; +exit:end; + +@ FIXME OBSOLETE The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an +|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|. +Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g., +\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element, +we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field. An array +element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its +|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value. +@^reference counts@> + +Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values +are stored in the |sa_ptr| field. +Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their +values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third +word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store +the register number. + +@ Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three +words contain the five types of current marks + +@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value} +@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value} +@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 256) {type part of combined type/index} +@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element} +@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value} +@# +{FIXME: will be removed} +@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value} +@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number} +@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer} +@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)} +@# +@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class} +@# +{FIXME: will be removed} +@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|} + if cur_val<number_regs then #:=box(cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end + +@<Create a new array element...@>= +if t=mark_val then {a mark class} + begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size); + mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null; + end; +{ +|else begin if t<=dimen_val then| {a count or dimen register} +| begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0;| +| sa_num(cur_ptr):=n;| +| end| +| else begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size);| +| if t<=mu_val then| {a skip or muskip register} +| begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue);| +| end| +| else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; |{a box or token list register} +| end;| +| sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null;| {all registers have a reference count} +| end;| +} +sa_index(cur_ptr):=256*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one + +@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array +element representing a register is being removed; this means that the +reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference +count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its +default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with +some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class +nodes. +@^reference counts@> + +@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count} +@# +@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same} + set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,#) +@# + +{FIXME: will be removed} +@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr<>0 then + begin + set_equiv(sa_ptr(cur_ptr),#); + add_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + end; + end + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count} +label exit; +var p:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +@!s:small_number; {size of a node} +begin decr(sa_ref(q)); +if sa_ref(q)<>null then return; +if false then {was |if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then|} + if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size + else return +else begin if false then {was |sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then|} + if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue) + else return + else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return; + s:=pointer_node_size; + end; +repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s); +if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed} + begin + sa_mark:=null {was |sa_root[i]:=null|}; return; + end; +delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node} +until sa_used(q)>0; +exit:end; + +@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding +to an array element. + +@<Basic print...@>= +procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number} +var @!n:halfword; {the register number} +begin if false {was |sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit|} then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case} +else begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q); + q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q))); + end; +print_int(n); +end; + +@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element +symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is +|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in +the |eqtb| array. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number); +var t:small_number; {the type of element} +begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" "); +{ +|if p=null then print_char("?")| {this can't happen} +|else begin t:=sa_type(p);| +| if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p)| +| else if t=box_val then| +| begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p);| +| end| +| else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p)| +| else print_char("?");| {this can't happen either} +| print_char("=");| +| if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p))| +| else if t=dimen_val then| +| begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt");| +| end| +| else begin p:=sa_ptr(p);| +| if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt")| +| else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu")| +| else if t=box_val then| +| if p=null then print("void")| +| else begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p);| +| end| +| else if t=tok_val then| +| begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32);| +| end| +| else print_char("?");| {this can't happen either} +| end;| +| end;| +} +print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false); +end; +tats +@z +%---------------------------------------- +% TODO: l.5029+: will the simply be removed? +% (i.e.: cases which cannot happen (anymore)?) +%---------------------------------------- +@x +procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|} +var q:pointer; {the new save node} +@!i:quarterword; {index field of node} +begin if cur_level<>sa_level then + begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa; + save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain; + incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level; + end; +i:=sa_index(p); +if i<dimen_val_limit then + begin if sa_int(p)=0 then + begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=tok_val_limit; + end + else begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p); + end; + sa_ptr(q):=null; + end +else begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p); + end; +sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p); +link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p); +end; + +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|} +begin if sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p)) +else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then + if sa_index(p)<box_val_limit then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p)) + else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p)); +end; +@y +procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|} +var q:pointer; {the new save node} +@!i:quarterword; {index field of node} +begin if cur_level<>sa_level then + begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa; + save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain; + incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level; + end; +i:=sa_index(p); +if false {was |i<dimen_val_limit|} then + begin if sa_int(p)=0 then + begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=i {was |i:=tok_val_limit|}; + end + else begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p); + end; + sa_ptr(q):=null; + end +else begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p); + end; +sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p); +link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p); +end; + +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|} +begin if false {was |sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit|} then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p)) +else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then + if false {was |sa_index(p)<box_val_limit|} then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p)) + else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p)); +end; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x +procedure sa_restore; +var p:pointer; {sparse array element} +begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain); +if sa_lev(p)=level_one then + begin if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then sa_destroy(sa_chain); + @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/ + end +else begin if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then + if sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain) + else sa_int(p):=0 + else begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain); + end; + sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain); + @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/ + end; +delete_sa_ref(p); +p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p); +if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then free_node(p,word_node_size) +else free_node(p,pointer_node_size); +until sa_chain=null; +end; +@y +procedure sa_restore; +var p:pointer; {sparse array element} +begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain); +if sa_lev(p)=level_one then + begin {|if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then|} sa_destroy(sa_chain); + @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/ + end +else begin if false {was |sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit|} then + if false {was |sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit|} then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain) + else sa_int(p):=0 + else begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain); + end; + sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain); + @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/ + end; +delete_sa_ref(p); +p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p); +if false {was |sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit|} then free_node(p,word_node_size) +else free_node(p,pointer_node_size); +until sa_chain=null; +end; +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc2.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e888efa80f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc2.ch @@ -0,0 +1,795 @@ +% This is an \eOmega change file; it brings \eTeX register numbers +% from 32767 ($2^{15}-1$) to 65535 ($2^{16}-1), to bring it on line +% with \Omega +% Noticeably, since Omega has 16-bit quarterwords, it is possible +% to do so without changing much. +% Notice that we do this for marks register: everything else is +% brought to level with Omega in eomem.ch +%---------------------------------------- +@x Section 53a onwards l.4600 +@ \eTeX\ (in extended mode) supports 32768 (i.e., $2^{15}$) count, +dimen, skip, muskip, box, and token registers. As in \TeX\ the first +256 registers of each kind are realized as arrays in the table of +equivalents; the additional registers are realized as tree structures +built from variable-size nodes with individual registers existing only +when needed. Default values are used for nonexistent registers: zero +for count and dimen values, |zero_glue| for glue (skip and muskip) +values, void for boxes, and |null| for token lists (and current marks +discussed below). + +Similarly there are 32768 mark classes; the command \.{\\marks}|n| +creates a mark node for a given mark class |0<=n<=32767| (where +\.{\\marks0} is synonymous to \.{\\mark}). The page builder (actually +the |fire_up| routine) and the |vsplit| routine maintain the current +values of |top_mark|, |first_mark|, |bot_mark|, |split_first_mark|, and +|split_bot_mark| for each mark class. They are accessed as +\.{\\topmarks}|n| etc., and \.{\\topmarks0} is again synonymous to +\.{\\topmark}. As in \TeX\ the five current marks for mark class zero +are realized as |cur_mark| array. The additional current marks are +again realized as tree structure with individual mark classes existing +only when needed. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("marks",mark,marks_code); +@!@:marks_}{\.{\\marks} primitive@> +primitive("topmarks",top_bot_mark,top_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:top_marks_}{\.{\\topmarks} primitive@> +primitive("firstmarks",top_bot_mark,first_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:first_marks_}{\.{\\firstmarks} primitive@> +primitive("botmarks",top_bot_mark,bot_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:bot_marks_}{\.{\\botmarks} primitive@> +primitive("splitfirstmarks",top_bot_mark,split_first_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:split_first_marks_}{\.{\\splitfirstmarks} primitive@> +primitive("splitbotmarks",top_bot_mark,split_bot_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:split_bot_marks_}{\.{\\splitbotmarks} primitive@> + +@ The |scan_register_num| procedure scans a register number that must +not exceed 255 in compatibility mode resp.\ 32767 in extended mode. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure@?scan_register_num; forward;@t\2@> + +@ @<Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers@>= +procedure scan_register_num; +begin scan_int; +if (cur_val<0)or(cur_val>max_reg_num) then + begin print_err("Bad register code"); +@.Bad register code@> + help2(max_reg_help_line)("I changed this one to zero."); + int_error(cur_val); cur_val:=0; + end; +end; + +@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ comp...@>= +max_reg_num:=255; +max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 255."; + +@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>= +max_reg_num:=32767; +max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32767."; +@y +@ \eOmega\ (in extended mode) supports 65536 (i.e., $2^{16}$) count, +dimen, skip, muskip, box, and token registers. They are +implemented as in \TeX. + +There are 32768 mark classes; the command \.{\\marks}|n| +creates a mark node for a given mark class |0<=n<=32767| (where +\.{\\marks0} is synonymous to \.{\\mark}). The page builder (actually +the |fire_up| routine) and the |vsplit| routine maintain the current +values of |top_mark|, |first_mark|, |bot_mark|, |split_first_mark|, and +|split_bot_mark| for each mark class. They are accessed as +\.{\\topmarks}|n| etc., and \.{\\topmarks0} is again synonymous to +\.{\\topmark}. As in \TeX\ the five current marks for mark class zero +are realized as |cur_mark| array. The additional current marks are +again realized as tree structure with individual mark classes existing +only when needed. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("marks",mark,marks_code); +@!@:marks_}{\.{\\marks} primitive@> +primitive("topmarks",top_bot_mark,top_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:top_marks_}{\.{\\topmarks} primitive@> +primitive("firstmarks",top_bot_mark,first_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:first_marks_}{\.{\\firstmarks} primitive@> +primitive("botmarks",top_bot_mark,bot_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:bot_marks_}{\.{\\botmarks} primitive@> +primitive("splitfirstmarks",top_bot_mark,split_first_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:split_first_marks_}{\.{\\splitfirstmarks} primitive@> +primitive("splitbotmarks",top_bot_mark,split_bot_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:split_bot_marks_}{\.{\\splitbotmarks} primitive@> + +@ The |scan_register_num| procedure scans a (token) register number. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure@?scan_register_num; forward;@t\2@> + +@ @<Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers@>= +procedure scan_register_num; +begin scan_int; +if (cur_val<0)or(cur_val>max_reg_num) then + begin print_err("Bad register code"); +@.Bad register code@> + help2(max_reg_help_line)("I changed this one to zero."); + int_error(cur_val); cur_val:=0; + end; +end; + +@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ comp...@>= +max_reg_num:=255; +max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 255."; + +@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>= +max_reg_num:=32767; +max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32727."; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.4607 +@ @<Glob...@>= +@!max_reg_num: halfword; {largest allowed register number} +@!max_reg_help_line: str_number; {first line of help message} + +@ There are seven almost identical doubly linked trees, one for the +sparse array of the up to 32512 additional registers of each kind and +one for the sparse array of the up to 32767 additional mark classes. +The root of each such tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16 +pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index +nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256, +and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are +followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements. + +Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible +subtrees or are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight +words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as +array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.) + +The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the +array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next +lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains four bits (one +hexadecimal digit) of the register number or mark class. For the lowest +index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates +the type of quantity (|int_avl|, |dimen_val|, |glue_val|, |mu_val|, +|box_val|, |tok_val|, or |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the index +nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null. +@y +@ @<Glob...@>= +@!max_reg_num: halfword; {largest allowed register number} +@!max_reg_help_line: str_number; {first line of help message} + +@ There is one doubly linked tree, to handle the sparse array of the up +to 32727 additional mark classes. +The root of the tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16 +pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index +nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256, +and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are +followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements. + +Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible +subtrees are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight +words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as +array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.) + +The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the +array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next +lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains eight bits (two +hexadecimal digits) of the mark class. For the lowest +index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates +the type of quantity (which is always |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the +index nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null. +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.4630 +The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the four +bits plus 16 times the type. Therefore such a node represents a count +or dimen register if and only if |sa_index<dimen_val_limit|; it +represents a skip or muskip register if and only if +|dimen_val_limit<=sa_index<mu_val_limit|; it represents a box register +if and only if |mu_val_limit<=sa_index<box_val_limit|; it represents a +token list register if and only if +|box_val_limit<=sa_index<tok_val_limit|; finally it represents a mark +class if and only if |tok_val_limit<=sa_index|. + +The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|) +having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields. + +@d box_val==4 {the additional box registers} +@d mark_val=6 {the additional mark classes} +@# +@d dimen_val_limit=@"20 {$2^4\cdot(|dimen_val|+1)$} +@d mu_val_limit=@"40 {$2^4\cdot(|mu_val|+1)$} +@d box_val_limit=@"50 {$2^4\cdot(|box_val|+1)$} +@d tok_val_limit=@"60 {$2^4\cdot(|tok_val|+1)$} +@y +The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the eight +bits plus 256 times the type. The type field is actually ignored, +since we only use this hoop-jumpings for marks registers (the code +will probably get a rewrite to get in line with the rest of the +(e-)Omega stuf, anyway, so \dots) + +The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|) +having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields. + +@d mark_val=7 {the additional mark classes} +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x +@ The roots of the seven trees for the additional registers and mark +classes are kept in the |sa_root| array. The first six locations must +be dumped and undumped; the last one is also known as |sa_mark|. + +@d sa_mark==sa_root[mark_val] {root for mark classes} + +@<Glob...@>= +@!sa_root:array[int_val..mark_val] of pointer; {roots of sparse arrays} +@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|} +@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null; + +@ @<Initialize table...@>= +for i:=int_val to tok_val do sa_root[i]:=null; +@y +@ The root of the tree for the additional mark classes is kept +in |sa_mark|. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!sa_mark:pointer; {pointer to sparse array of marks} +@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|} +@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.4681 +@ Given a type |t| and a sixteen-bit number |n|, the |find_sa_element| +procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node for the +corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists. The +third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g., +because it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main +branches: one follows the existing tree structure, the other (only used +when |w| is |true|) creates the missing nodes. + +We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register +number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from +an index node. + +@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing} + begin if cur_ptr=null then + if w then goto #@+else return; + end +@# +@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit} +@# +@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1) + else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1) + {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|} +@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q)); + end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q)); + end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean); + {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|} +label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit; +var q:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +begin cur_ptr:=sa_root[t]; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr; +if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4; +return; +not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node} +sa_root[t]:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); +not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); +not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); +not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); +not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>; +link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr; +exit:end; + +@ The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an +|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|. +Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g., +\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element, +we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field. An array +element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its +|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value. +@^reference counts@> + +Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values +are stored in the |sa_ptr| field. +Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their +values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third +word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store +the register number. Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three +words contain the five types of current marks + +@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value} +@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value} +@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 16) {type part of combined type/index} +@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element} +@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value} +@# +@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value} +@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number} +@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer} +@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)} +@# +@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class} +@# +@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|} + if cur_val<256 then #:=box(cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end + +@<Create a new array element...@>= +if t=mark_val then {a mark class} + begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size); + mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null; + end +else begin if t<=dimen_val then {a count or dimen register} + begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0; + sa_num(cur_ptr):=n; + end + else begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size); + if t<=mu_val then {a skip or muskip register} + begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue); + end + else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; {a box or token list register} + end; + sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null; {all registers have a reference count} + end; +sa_index(cur_ptr):=16*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one + +@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array +element representing a register is being removed; this means that the +reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference +count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its +default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with +some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class +nodes. +@^reference counts@> + +@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count} +@# +@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same} + if cur_val<256 then set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,#)@+else set_sa_box(#) +@# + +{ FIXME: needs debugging (sparse arrays) } +@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr<>0 then + begin + set_equiv(sa_ptr(cur_ptr),#); + add_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + end; + end + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count} +label exit; +var p:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +@!s:small_number; {size of a node} +begin decr(sa_ref(q)); +if sa_ref(q)<>null then return; +if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then + if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size + else return +else begin if sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then + if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue) + else return + else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return; + s:=pointer_node_size; + end; +repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s); +if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed} + begin sa_root[i]:=null; return; + end; +delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node} +until sa_used(q)>0; +exit:end; + +@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding +to an array element. + +@<Basic print...@>= +procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number} +var @!n:halfword; {the register number} +begin if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case} +else begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q); + q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q))); + end; +print_int(n); +end; + +@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element +symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is +|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in +the |eqtb| array. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number); +var t:small_number; {the type of element} +begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" "); +if p=null then print_char("?") {this can't happen} +else begin t:=sa_type(p); + if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p) + else if t=box_val then + begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p); + end + else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p) + else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either} + print_char("="); + if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p)) + else if t=dimen_val then + begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt"); + end + else begin p:=sa_ptr(p); + if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt") + else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu") + else if t=box_val then + if p=null then print("void") + else begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p); + end + else if t=tok_val then + begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32); + end + else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either} + end; + end; +print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false); +end; +tats +@y +@ Given a type |t| (which is always |mark_val|) and a sixteen-bit number |n|, +the |find_sa_element| procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node +for the corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists. +The third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g., because +it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main branches: one follows +the existing tree structure, the other (only used when |w| is |true|) creates +the missing nodes. + +We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register +number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from +an index node. + +@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing} + begin if cur_ptr=null then + if w then goto #@+else return; + end +@# +{FIXME: needs debugging} +@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit} +@# +@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1) + else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1) + {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|} +@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q)); + end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q)); + end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean); + {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|} +label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit; +var q:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +begin +begin if t<>mark_val then begin + cur_ptr:=null; + return; +end; end; +cur_ptr:=sa_mark; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr; +if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4; +return; +not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node} +sa_mark:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); +not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); +not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); +not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); +not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>; +link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr; +exit:end; + +@ Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three +words contain the five types of current marks + +@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value} +@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value} +@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 256) {type part of combined type/index} +@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element} +@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value} +@# +@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number} +@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer} +@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)} +@# +@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class} +@# + +@<Create a new array element...@>= +if t=mark_val then {a mark class} + begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size); + mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null; + end; +sa_index(cur_ptr):=256*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one + +@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array +element representing a register is being removed; this means that the +reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference +count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its +default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with +some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class +nodes. +@^reference counts@> + +@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count} +@# + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count} +label exit; +var p:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +@!s:small_number; {size of a node} +begin decr(sa_ref(q)); +if sa_ref(q)<>null then return; +if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return; +s:=pointer_node_size; +repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s); +if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed} + begin + sa_mark:=null {was |sa_root[i]:=null|}; return; + end; +delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node} +until sa_used(q)>0; +exit:end; + +@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding +to an array element. + +@<Basic print...@>= +procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number} +var @!n:halfword; {the register number} +begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q); + q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q))); +print_int(n); +end; + +@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element +symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is +|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in +the |eqtb| array. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number); +var t:small_number; {the type of element} +begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" "); +print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false); +end; +tats +@z +%---------------------------------------- +% TODO: l.5029+: will the simply be removed? +% (i.e.: cases which cannot happen (anymore)?) +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.5078 +@ The command code |register| is used for `\.{\\count}', `\.{\\dimen}', +etc., as well as for references to sparse array elements defined by +`\.{\\countdef}', etc. + +@<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +begin if (chr_code<mem_bot)or(chr_code>lo_mem_stat_max) then + cmd:=sa_type(chr_code) +else begin cmd:=chr_code-mem_bot; chr_code:=null; + end; +if cmd=int_val then print_esc("count") +else if cmd=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen") +else if cmd=glue_val then print_esc("skip") +else print_esc("muskip"); +if chr_code<>null then print_sa_num(chr_code); +end + +@ Similarly the command code |toks_register| is used for `\.{\\toks}' as +well as for references to sparse array elements defined by +`\.{\\toksdef}'. + +@<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +begin print_esc("toks"); +if chr_code<>mem_bot then print_sa_num(chr_code); +end + +@ When a shorthand definition for an element of one of the sparse arrays +is destroyed, we must reduce the reference count. + +@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>= +toks_register,register: + if (equiv_field(w)<mem_bot)or(equiv_field(w)>lo_mem_stat_max) then + delete_sa_ref(equiv_field(w)); + +@ The task to maintain (change, save, and restore) register values is +essentially the same when the register is realized as sparse array +element or entry in |eqtb|. The global variable |sa_chain| is the head +of a linked list of entries saved at the topmost level |sa_level|; the +lists for lowel levels are kept in special save stack entries. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!sa_chain: pointer; {chain of saved sparse array entries} +@!sa_level: quarterword; {group level for |sa_chain|} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=level_zero; + +@ The individual saved items are kept in pointer or word nodes similar +to those used for the array elements: a word node with value zero is, +however, saved as pointer node with the otherwise impossible |sa_index| +value |tok_val_limit|. + +@d sa_loc==sa_ref {location of saved item} + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|} +var q:pointer; {the new save node} +@!i:quarterword; {index field of node} +begin if cur_level<>sa_level then + begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa; + save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain; + incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level; + end; +i:=sa_index(p); +if i<dimen_val_limit then + begin if sa_int(p)=0 then + begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=tok_val_limit; + end + else begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p); + end; + sa_ptr(q):=null; + end +else begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p); + end; +sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p); +link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p); +end; + +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|} +begin if sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p)) +else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then + if sa_index(p)<box_val_limit then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p)) + else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p)); +end; + +@ The procedure |sa_def| assigns a new value to sparse array elements, +and saves the former value if appropriate. This procedure is used only +for skip, muskip, box, and token list registers. The counterpart of +|sa_def| for count and dimen registers is called |sa_w_def|. + +@d sa_define(#)==if e then + if global then gsa_def(#)@+else sa_def(#) + else define +@# +@d sa_def_box== {assign |cur_box| to |box(cur_val)|} + begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,true); + if global then gsa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box)@+else sa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box); + end +@# +@d sa_word_define(#)==if e then + if global then gsa_w_def(#)@+else sa_w_def(#) + else word_define(#) + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword); + {new data for sparse array elements} +begin add_sa_ref(p); +if sa_ptr(p)=e then + begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/ + sa_destroy(p); + end +else begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/ + if sa_lev(p)=cur_level then sa_destroy(p)@+else sa_save(p); + sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_ptr(p):=e; + @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/ + end; +delete_sa_ref(p); +end; +@# +procedure sa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer); +begin add_sa_ref(p); +if sa_int(p)=w then + begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/ + end +else begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/ + if sa_lev(p)<>cur_level then sa_save(p); + sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_int(p):=w; + @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/ + end; +delete_sa_ref(p); +end; + +@ The |sa_def| and |sa_w_def| routines take care of local definitions. +@^global definitions@> +Global definitions are done in almost the same way, but there is no need +to save old values, and the new value is associated with |level_one|. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure gsa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword); {global |sa_def|} +begin add_sa_ref(p); +@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/ +sa_destroy(p); sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_ptr(p):=e; +@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/ +delete_sa_ref(p); +end; +@# +procedure gsa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer); {global |sa_w_def|} +begin add_sa_ref(p); +@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/ +sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_int(p):=w; +@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/ +delete_sa_ref(p); +end; + +@ The |sa_restore| procedure restores the sparse array entries pointed +at by |sa_chain| + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_restore; +var p:pointer; {sparse array element} +begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain); +if sa_lev(p)=level_one then + begin if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then sa_destroy(sa_chain); + @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/ + end +else begin if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then + if sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain) + else sa_int(p):=0 + else begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain); + end; + sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain); + @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/ + end; +delete_sa_ref(p); +p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p); +if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then free_node(p,word_node_size) +else free_node(p,pointer_node_size); +until sa_chain=null; +end; +@y +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eobase.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eobase.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5cffb470b60 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eobase.ch @@ -0,0 +1,5542 @@ +% vim: ft=change +% TODO: sparse arrays +% This is the first of the set of +% WEB change file containing code for various features extending Omega; +% these files define the e-Omega program, and are designed to be applied +% to omega.web (Version 3.14159--1.15) compiled without XML support. +% This change-file is heavily based on etex.ch, +% defining version 2.1 of e-TeX. + +% ATTENTION: The software is currently in pre-alpha stage. + +% The TeX program is copyright (C) 1982 by D. E. Knuth. +% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society. +% e-TeX and NTS are trademarks of the NTS group. + +% All line numbers refer to TEX.WEB 3.14159 as of March 21, 1995. +% TODO: double line number reference, having them for both TEX.WEB +% and (X)OMEGA.WEB + +@x limbo l.1 - this is e-Omega +% (C) 1994--2000 by John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous. +@y +% (C) 2002 by Giuseppe Bilotta and the e-Omega task force; +% all rights are reserved. +% +% e-Omega is directly derived from e-TeX, an extension of +% Donald E. Knuth's TeX developed by Peter Breitenlohner and +% the NTS team, and Omega, another extension of TeX, developed by +% John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous. + +% e-Omega is designed in the form of a set of WEB changefiles +% to be applied to Omega (version 3.14159--1.15) +% compiled without XML support. The changefiles are heavily based +% on the e-TeX 2.1 changefiles. + +% Omega is copyright (C) 1994--2000 by John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x limbo l.1 - this is e-TeX +% +% This program is copyright (C) 1982 by D. E. Knuth; all rights are reserved. +% Copying of this file is authorized only if (1) you are D. E. Knuth, or if +% (2) you make absolutely no changes to your copy. (The WEB system provides +% for alterations via an auxiliary file; the master file should stay intact.) +% See Appendix H of the WEB manual for hints on how to install this program. +% And see Appendix A of the TRIP manual for details about how to validate it. + +% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society. +% METAFONT is a trademark of Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. +@y + +% e-TeX is copyright (C) 1994,98 by the NTS team; all rights are reserved. + +% e-TeX and NTS are trademarks of the NTS group. +% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society. +% METAFONT is a trademark of Addison-Wesley Publishing Company. + +% e-TeX is directly derived from Donald E. Knuth's TeX; +% the change history which follows and the reward offered for finders of +% bugs refer specifically to TeX; they should not be taken as referring +% to e-TeX, although the change history is relevant in that it +% demonstrates the evolutionary path followed. This program is not TeX; +% that name is reserved strictly for the program which is the creation +% and sole responsibility of Professor Knuth. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x limbo l.50 - e-TeX history +% Although considerable effort has been expended to make the TeX program +% correct and reliable, no warranty is implied; the author disclaims any +% obligation or liability for damages, including but not limited to +% special, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of or in +% connection with the use or performance of this software. This work has +% been a ``labor of love'' and the author hopes that users enjoy it. +@y +% A preliminary version of TeX--XeT was released in April 1992. +% TeX--XeT version 1.0 was released in June 1992, +% version 1.1 prevented arith overflow in glue computation (Oct 1992). +% A preliminary e-TeX version 0.95 was operational in March 1994. +% Version 1.0beta was released in May 1995. +% Version 1.01beta fixed bugs in just_copy and every_eof (December 1995). +% Version 1.02beta allowed 256 mark classes (March 1996). +% Version 1.1 changed \group{type,level} -> \currentgroup{type,level}, +% first public release (October 1996). +% Version 2.0 development was started in March 1997; +% fixed a ligature-\beginR bug in January 1998; +% was released in March 1998. +% Version 2.1 fixed a marks bug (when min_halfword<>0) (January 1999). + +% e-Omega includes all the e-TeX extensions, except for TeX--XeT and +% some optimizations. + +% Release Candidate 0 was released in Janurary 2003. + +% Although considerable effort has been expended to make the e-Omega program +% correct and reliable, no warranty is implied; the authors disclaim any +% obligation or liability for damages, including but not limited to +% special, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of or in +% connection with the use or performance of this software. This work has +% been a ``labor of love'' and the authors hope that users enjoy it. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x limbo l.61 - e-TeX logo, TeXXeT +\let\mc=\ninerm % medium caps for names like SAIL +@y +\let\mc=\ninerm % medium caps for names like SAIL +\def\eTeX{$\varepsilon$-\TeX} +\def\eOmega{$\varepsilon$-$\Omega$} +% \font\revrm=xbmc10 % for right-to-left text +% % to generate xbmc10 (i.e., reflected cmbx10) use a file +% % xbmc10.mf containing: +% %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +% % if unknown cmbase: input cmbase fi +% % extra_endchar := extra_endchar & +% % "currentpicture:=currentpicture " & +% % "reflectedabout((.5[l,r],0),(.5[l,r],1));"; +% % input cmbx10 +% %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ +% \ifx\beginL\undefined % this is TeX + \def\XeT{X\kern-.125em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT} + \def\TeXeT{\TeX-\hbox{\revrm \XeT}} % for TeX-XeT + \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-\hbox{\revrm -\XeT}} % for TeX--XeT +% \else +% \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined % this is \TeXeT +% \def\TeXeT{\TeX-{\revrm\beginR\TeX\endR}} % for TeX-XeT +% \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-{\revrm\beginR\TeX-\endR}} % for TeX--XeT +% \else % this is \eTeX +% \def\TeXeT{\TeX-{\TeXXeTstate=1\revrm\beginR\TeX\endR}} % for TeX-XeT +% \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-{\TeXXeTstate=1\revrm\beginR\TeX-\endR}} % for TeX--XeT +% \fi +% \fi +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x limbo l.64 - bug fix (print only changed modules) +\def\pct!{{\char`\%}} % percent sign in ordinary text +@y +\def\pct!{{\char`\%}} % percent sign in ordinary text +\def\grp{\.{\char'173...\char'175}} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x limbo l.80 - e-TeX basic +\def\title{$\Omega$ (OMEGA)} +@y +\def\title{\eOmega\ (E-OMEGA)} +% system dependent redefinitions of \title should come later +% and should use: +% \toks0=\expandafter{\title} +% \edef\title{...\the\toks0...} +\let\maybe=\iffalse % print only changed modules +\let\maybe=\iftrue % print everything +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [1] m.1 l.91 - this is e-TeX +This is $\Omega$, a document compiler intended to simplify high-quality +@y +This is \eOmega, an extension of $\Omega$. $\Omega$ is a document compiler +intended to simplify high-quality +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [1] m.2 l.179 - e-TeX basic +If this program is changed, the resulting system should not be called +@y +This program contains code from both the $\Omega$ (developed by +John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous) and \eTeX\ +(developed by Peter Breitenlohner and the NTS team) extensions +to \TeX, therefore this program is called `\eOmega' and not +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [1] m.2 l.185 - e-TeX basic +November 1984]. +@y +November 1984]. + +A similar test suite called the ``\.{e-BUMP} test'' is (or will be made) +available for helping to determine whether a particular implementation deserves +to be known as `\eOmega'. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [1] m.2 l.187 - e-TeX basic +@d banner=='This is Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@y +@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@# +@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1' {current \eTeX\ version} +@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} } +@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} } +@# +@d eTeX_banner=='This is e-Omega, Version ',eTeX_version_string + {printed when \eTeX\ starts} +@# +@d OMEGA==EOMEGA {change program name into |EOMEGA|} +@# +@d eTeX_states=1 {number of \eTeX\ state variables in |eqtb|} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [1] m.15 l.493 - e-TeX basic +@d not_found=45 {go here when you've found nothing} +@y +@d not_found=45 {go here when you've found nothing} +@d not_found1=46 {like |not_found|, when there's more than one} +@d not_found2=47 {like |not_found|, when there's more than two} +@d not_found3=48 {like |not_found|, when there's more than three} +@d not_found4=49 {like |not_found|, when there's more than four} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [5] m.61 l.1556 - e-TeX basic +wterm(banner); +@y +wterm(eTeX_banner); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [10] m.141 l.2965 - e-TeX marks +This field occupies a full word instead of a halfword, because +there's nothing to put in the other halfword; it is easier in \PASCAL\ to +use the full word than to risk leaving garbage in the unused half. +@y +In addition there is a |mark_class| field that contains the mark class. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [10] m.141 l.2971 - e-TeX marks +@d mark_ptr(#)==mem[#+1].int {head of the token list for a mark} +@y +@d mark_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {head of the token list for a mark} +@d mark_class(#)==info(#+1) {the mark class} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [10] m.142 l.2980 - e-TeX marks +@d adjust_ptr==mark_ptr {vertical list to be moved out of horizontal list} +@y +@d adjust_ptr(#)==mem[#+1].int + {vertical list to be moved out of horizontal list} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [10] m.147 l.3069 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% the amount of surrounding space inserted by \.{\\mathsurround}. +% @y +% the amount of surrounding space inserted by \.{\\mathsurround}. +% +% In addition a |math_node| with |subtype>after| and |width=0| will be +% (ab)used to record a regular |math_node| reinserted after being +% discarded at a line break or one of the text direction primitives ( +% \.{\\beginL}, \.{\\endL}, \.{\\beginR}, and \.{\\endR} ). +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [10] m.147 l.3073 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% @d after=1 {|subtype| for math node that winds up a formula} +% @y +% @d after=1 {|subtype| for math node that winds up a formula} +% @# +% @d M_code=2 +% @d begin_M_code=M_code+before {|subtype| for \.{\\beginM} node} +% @d end_M_code=M_code+after {|subtype| for \.{\\endM} node} +% @d L_code=4 +% @d begin_L_code=L_code+begin_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\beginL} node} +% @d end_L_code=L_code+end_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\endL} node} +% @d R_code=L_code+L_code +% @d begin_R_code=R_code+begin_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\beginR} node} +% @d end_R_code=R_code+end_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\endR} node} +% @# +% @d end_LR(#)==odd(subtype(#)) +% @d end_LR_type(#)==(L_code*(subtype(#) div L_code)+end_M_code) +% @d begin_LR_type(#)==(#-after+before) +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [12] m.175 l.3546 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% math_node: print_char("$"); +% @y +% math_node: if subtype(p)>=L_code then print("[]") +% else print_char("$"); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [12] m.184 l.3713 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% begin print(", shifted "); print_scaled(shift_amount(p)); +% end; +% @y +% begin print(", shifted "); print_scaled(shift_amount(p)); +% end; +% if eTeX_ex then @<Display if this box is never to be reversed@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [12] m.192 l.3811 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% begin print_esc("math"); +% @y +% if subtype(p)>after then +% begin if end_LR(p) then print_esc("end") +% else print_esc("begin"); +% if subtype(p)>R_code then print_char("R") +% else if subtype(p)>L_code then print_char("L") +% else print_char("M"); +% end else +% begin print_esc("math"); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [12] m.196 l.3844 - e-TeX marks +begin print_esc("mark"); print_mark(mark_ptr(p)); +@y +begin print_esc("mark"); +if mark_class(p)<>0 then + begin print_char("s"); print_int(mark_class(p)); + end; +print_mark(mark_ptr(p)); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [15] m.208 l.4081 - e-TeX saved_items +@d un_vbox=24 {unglue a box ( \.{\\unvbox}, \.{\\unvcopy} )} +@y +@d un_vbox=24 {unglue a box ( \.{\\unvbox}, \.{\\unvcopy} )} + {( or \.{\\pagediscards}, \.{\\splitdiscards} )} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [15] m.208 l.4091 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% @d valign=33 {vertical table alignment ( \.{\\valign} )} +% @y +% @d valign=33 {vertical table alignment ( \.{\\valign} )} +% {or text direction directives ( \.{\\beginL}, etc.~)} +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [15] m.208 l.4107 - e-TeX middle +@d left_right=49 {variable delimiter ( \.{\\left}, \.{\\right} )} +@y +@d left_right=49 {variable delimiter ( \.{\\left}, \.{\\right} )} + {( or \.{\\middle} )} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [15] m.209 l.4151 - e-TeX basic + \.{\\insertpenalties} )} +@y + \.{\\insertpenalties} )} + {( or \.{\\interactionmode} )} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [15] m.209 l.4153 - e-TeX penalties +@d set_shape=set_box_dimen+1 + {specify fancy paragraph shape ( \.{\\parshape} )} +@y +@d set_shape=set_box_dimen+1 + {specify fancy paragraph shape ( \.{\\parshape} )} + {(or \.{\\interlinepenalties}, etc.~)} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [15] m.209 l.4163 - e-TeX protected +@d prefix=divide+1 + {qualify a definition ( \.{\\global}, \.{\\long}, \.{\\outer} )} +@y +@d prefix=divide+1 + {qualify a definition ( \.{\\global}, \.{\\long}, \.{\\outer} )} + {( or \.{\\protected} )} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [15] m.209 l.4166 - e-TeX read_line +@d read_to_cs=shorthand_def+1 + {read into a control sequence ( \.{\\read} )} +@y +@d read_to_cs=shorthand_def+1 + {read into a control sequence ( \.{\\read} )} + {( or \.{\\readline} )} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [15] m.210 l.4181 - e-TeX scan_tokens +@d input=max_command+4 {input a source file ( \.{\\input}, \.{\\endinput} )} +@y +@d input=max_command+4 {input a source file ( \.{\\input}, \.{\\endinput} )} + {( or \.{\\scantokens} )} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [15] m.210 l.4186 - e-TeX unexpanded +@d the=max_command+9 {expand an internal quantity ( \.{\\the} )} +@y +@d the=max_command+9 {expand an internal quantity ( \.{\\the} )} + {( or \.{\\unexpanded}, \.{\\detokenize} )} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [16] m.212 l.4289 - e-TeX basic +user's output routine. +@y +user's output routine. + +A seventh quantity, |eTeX_aux|, is used by the extended features \eTeX. +In vertical modes it is known as |LR_save| and holds the LR stack when a +paragraph is interrupted by a displayed formula. In display math mode +it is known as |LR_box| and holds a pointer to a prototype box for the +display. In math mode it is known as |delim_ptr| and points to the most +recent |left_noad| or |middle_noad| of a |math_left_group|. + +In \eOmega it is only used in this last sense. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [16] m.212 l.4304 - e-TeX basic + @!head_field,@!tail_field: pointer; +@y + @!head_field,@!tail_field: pointer; + @!eTeX_aux_field: pointer; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [16] m.213 l.4311 - e-TeX basic +@d tail==cur_list.tail_field {final node on current list} +@y +@d tail==cur_list.tail_field {final node on current list} +@d eTeX_aux==cur_list.eTeX_aux_field {auxiliary data for \eTeX} +@d delim_ptr==eTeX_aux {most recent left or right noad of a math left group} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [16] m.215 l.4342 - e-TeX basic +mode:=vmode; head:=contrib_head; tail:=contrib_head; +@y +mode:=vmode; head:=contrib_head; tail:=contrib_head; +eTeX_aux:=null; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [16] m.216 l.4358 push_nest - e-TeX basic +incr(nest_ptr); head:=get_avail; tail:=head; prev_graf:=0; mode_line:=line; +@y +incr(nest_ptr); head:=get_avail; tail:=head; prev_graf:=0; mode_line:=line; +eTeX_aux:=null; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [17] m.230 l.4712 - e-TeX basic, penalties +@d output_routine_loc=local_base+1 {points to token list for \.{\\output}} +@d every_par_loc=local_base+2 {points to token list for \.{\\everypar}} +@d every_math_loc=local_base+3 {points to token list for \.{\\everymath}} +@d every_display_loc=local_base+4 {points to token list for \.{\\everydisplay}} +@d every_hbox_loc=local_base+5 {points to token list for \.{\\everyhbox}} +@d every_vbox_loc=local_base+6 {points to token list for \.{\\everyvbox}} +@d every_job_loc=local_base+7 {points to token list for \.{\\everyjob}} +@d every_cr_loc=local_base+8 {points to token list for \.{\\everycr}} +@d err_help_loc=local_base+9 {points to token list for \.{\\errhelp}} +@d ocp_trace_level_base=local_base+10 +@y +@d inter_line_penalties_loc=local_base+1 {additional penalties between lines} +@d club_penalties_loc=local_base+2 {penalties for creating club lines} +@d widow_penalties_loc=local_base+3 {penalties for creating widow lines} +@d display_widow_penalties_loc=local_base+4 {ditto, just before a display} +@d token_base=local_base+5 {table of token list parameters} +@d output_routine_loc=token_base {points to token list for \.{\\output}} +@d every_par_loc=token_base+1 {points to token list for \.{\\everypar}} +@d every_math_loc=token_base+2 {points to token list for \.{\\everymath}} +@d every_display_loc=token_base+3 {points to token list for \.{\\everydisplay}} +@d every_hbox_loc=token_base+4 {points to token list for \.{\\everyhbox}} +@d every_vbox_loc=token_base+5 {points to token list for \.{\\everyvbox}} +@d every_job_loc=token_base+6 {points to token list for \.{\\everyjob}} +@d every_cr_loc=token_base+7 {points to token list for \.{\\everycr}} +@d every_eof_loc=token_base+8 {points to token list for \.{\\everyeof}} +@d err_help_loc=token_base+9 {points to token list for \.{\\errhelp}} +@d ocp_trace_level_base=token_base+10 +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [17] m.231 l.4787 - e-TeX basic + othercases print_esc("errhelp") +@y + @/@<Cases of |assign_toks| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ + othercases print_esc("errhelp") +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME moved to init_eqtb_entry --see later +% @x [17] m.232 l.4805 - e-TeX penalties +% eq_level(par_shape_loc):=level_one;@/ +% @y +% eq_level(par_shape_loc):=level_one;@/ +% for k:=par_shape_loc+1 to token_base-1 do +% eqtb[k]:=eqtb[par_shape_loc]; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [17] m.233 l.4833 - e-TeX penalties +if n=par_shape_loc then + begin print_esc("parshape"); print_char("="); + if par_shape_ptr=null then print_char("0") + else print_int(info(par_shape_ptr)); +@y +if n<token_base then + begin print_cmd_chr(set_shape,n); print_char("="); + if equiv(n)=null then print_char("0") + else if n>par_shape_loc then + begin print_int(penalty(equiv(n))); print_char(" "); + print_int(penalty(equiv(n)+1)); + if penalty(equiv(n))>1 then print_esc("ETC."); + end + else print_int(info(par_shape_ptr)); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME: in this section and in the next +% we should remove pre_display_direction[_code] +% stuff, both here and down below +@x [17] m.236 l.4955 - e-TeX basic +@d dir_base=int_base+int_pars +@y +@d tracing_assigns_code=int_pars {show assignments} +@d tracing_groups_code=int_pars+1 {show save/restore groups} +@d tracing_ifs_code=int_pars+2 {show conditionals} +@d tracing_scan_tokens_code=int_pars+3 {show pseudo file open and close} +@d tracing_nesting_code=int_pars+4 + {show incomplete groups and ifs within files} +@d pre_display_direction_code=int_pars+5 {text direction preceding a display} +@d last_line_fit_code=int_pars+6 {adjustment for last line of paragraph} +@d saving_vdiscards_code=int_pars+7 {save items discarded from vlists} +@d saving_hyph_codes_code=int_pars+8 {save hyphenation codes for languages} +@d eTeX_state_code=int_pars+9 {\eTeX\ state variables} +@d dir_base=int_base+eTeX_state_code+eTeX_states +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [17] m.236 l.5016 - e-TeX basic +@d error_context_lines==int_par(error_context_lines_code) +@y +@d error_context_lines==int_par(error_context_lines_code) +@d tracing_assigns==int_par(tracing_assigns_code) +@d tracing_groups==int_par(tracing_groups_code) +@d tracing_ifs==int_par(tracing_ifs_code) +@d tracing_scan_tokens==int_par(tracing_scan_tokens_code) +@d tracing_nesting==int_par(tracing_nesting_code) +@d pre_display_direction==int_par(pre_display_direction_code) +@d last_line_fit==int_par(last_line_fit_code) +@d saving_vdiscards==int_par(saving_vdiscards_code) +@d saving_hyph_codes==int_par(saving_hyph_codes_code) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [17] m.237 l.5081 print_param - e-TeX basic +othercases print("[unknown integer parameter!]") +@y +@/@<Cases for |print_param|@>@/ +othercases print("[unknown integer parameter!]") +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXED(?): moved to init_eqtb_entry in +% omega.web at l.5813 +@x [17] m.232 l.4805 - e-TeX penalties + { Region 4 } + else if (p>=par_shape_loc) and + (p<=toks_base+biggest_reg) then begin + equiv_field(mw):=null; + eq_type_field(mw):=undefined_cs; + eq_level_field(mw):=level_zero; + end +@y + { Region 4 } + else if (p>=par_shape_loc) and + (p< token_base) then begin + equiv_field(mw):=null; + eq_type_field(mw):=shape_ref; + eq_level_field(mw):=level_one; + end + else if (p>=token_base) and + (p<=toks_base+biggest_reg) then begin + equiv_field(mw):=null; + eq_type_field(mw):=undefined_cs; + eq_level_field(mw):=level_zero; + end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.264 l.5612 primitive - e-TeX basic +@!j:small_number; {index into |buffer|} +@y +@!j:0..buf_size; {index into |buffer|} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.264 l.5616 primitive - e-TeX basic + {we will move |s| into the (empty) |buffer|} + for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[j]:=so(str_pool[k+j]); + cur_val:=id_lookup(0,l); {|no_new_control_sequence| is |false|} +@y + {we will move |s| into the (possibly non-empty) |buffer|} + if first+l>buf_size+1 then + overflow("buffer size",buf_size); +@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> + for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[first+j]:=so(str_pool[k+j]); + cur_val:=id_lookup(first,l); {|no_new_control_sequence| is |false|} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.265 l.5691 - e-TeX penalties +primitive("parshape",set_shape,0);@/ +@y +primitive("parshape",set_shape,par_shape_loc);@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.265 l.5708 - e-TeX sparse arrays +primitive("toks",toks_register,0);@/ +@y +primitive("toks",toks_register,mem_bot);@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.266 l.5741 - e-TeX cond +expand_after: print_esc("expandafter"); +@y +expand_after: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("expandafter") + @<Cases of |expandafter| for |print_cmd_chr|@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.266 l.5747 - e-TeX marks +mark: print_esc("mark"); +@y +mark: begin print_esc("mark"); + if chr_code>0 then print_char("s"); + end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.266 l.5758 - e-TeX read_line +read_to_cs: print_esc("read"); +@y +read_to_cs: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("read") + @<Cases of |read| for |print_cmd_chr|@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.266 l.5762 - e-TeX penalties +set_shape: print_esc("parshape"); +@y +set_shape: case chr_code of + par_shape_loc: print_esc("parshape"); + @<Cases of |set_shape| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@;@/ + end; {there are no other cases} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.266 l.5763 - e-TeX unexpanded +the: print_esc("the"); +@y +the: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("the") + @<Cases of |the| for |print_cmd_chr|@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [18] m.266 l.5764 - e-TeX sparse arrays +toks_register: print_esc("toks"); +@y +toks_register: @<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [18] m.266 l.5766 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% valign: print_esc("valign"); +% @y +% valign: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("valign")@/ +% @<Cases of |valign| for |print_cmd_chr|@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.268 l.5800 - e-TeX sparse arrays +interpreted in one of four ways: +@y +interpreted in one of five ways: +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.268 l.5820 - e-TeX tracing +the entries for that group. +@y +the entries for that group. +Furthermore, in extended \eTeX\ mode, |save_stack[p-1]| contains the +source line number at which the current level of grouping was entered. + +\yskip\hang 5) If |save_type(p)=restore_sa|, then |sa_chain| points to a +chain of sparse array entries to be restored at the end of the current +group. Furthermore |save_index(p)| and |save_level(p)| should replace +the values of |sa_chain| and |sa_level| respectively. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME restore_sa safe? (sparse arrays) +@x [19] m.268 l.5830 - e-TeX basic +@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group} +@y +@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group} +@d restore_sa=4 {|save_type| when sparse array entries should be restored} + +@p@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tracing and input@> +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.273 l.5888 - e-TeX tracing +@ The following macro is used to test if there is room for up to six more +@y +@ The following macro is used to test if there is room for up to seven more +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.273 l.5894 check_full_save_stack - e-TeX tracing + if max_save_stack>save_size-6 then overflow("save size",save_size); +@y + if max_save_stack>save_size-7 then overflow("save size",save_size); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.274 l.5916 new_save_level - e-TeX tracing +begin check_full_save_stack; +@y +begin check_full_save_stack; +if eTeX_ex then + begin saved(0):=line; incr(save_ptr); + end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.274 l.5923 new_save_level - e-TeX tracing +cur_boundary:=save_ptr; incr(cur_level); incr(save_ptr); cur_group:=c; +@y +cur_boundary:=save_ptr; cur_group:=c; +@!stat if tracing_groups>0 then group_trace(false);@+tats@;@/ +incr(cur_level); incr(save_ptr); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.275 l.5941 eq_destroy - e-TeX sparse arrays +othercases do_nothing +@y +@/@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>@/ +othercases do_nothing +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.277 l.5963 - e-TeX tracing +the call, since |eq_save| makes the necessary test. +@y +the call, since |eq_save| makes the necessary test. + +@d assign_trace(#)==@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then restore_trace(#); + tats +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.277 l.5967 eq_define - e-TeX tracing +begin if eq_level(p)=cur_level then eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p)) +@y +label exit; +begin if eTeX_ex and(eq_type(p)=t)and(equiv(p)=e) then + begin assign_trace(p,"reassigning")@;@/ + eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p)); return; + end; +assign_trace(p,"changing")@;@/ +if eq_level(p)=cur_level then eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p)) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.277 l.5970 eq_define - e-TeX tracing +end; +@y +assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/ +exit:end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.278 l.5977 eq_word_define - e-TeX tracing +begin if xeq_level(p)<>cur_level then +@y +label exit; +begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then + begin assign_trace(p,"reassigning")@;@/ + return; + end; +assign_trace(p,"changing")@;@/ +if xeq_level(p)<>cur_level then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.278 l.5981 eq_word_define - e-TeX tracing +end; +@y +assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/ +exit:end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.279 l.5990 geq_define - e-TeX tracing +begin eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p)); +set_eq_level(p,level_one); set_eq_type(p,t); set_equiv(p,e); +@y +begin assign_trace(p,"globally changing")@;@/ +begin eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p)); +set_eq_level(p,level_one); set_eq_type(p,t); set_equiv(p,e); +end; +assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.279 l.5995 geq_word_define - e-TeX tracing +begin set_new_eqtb_int(p,w); set_xeq_level(p,level_one); +@y +begin assign_trace(p,"globally changing")@;@/ +begin set_new_eqtb_int(p,w); set_xeq_level(p,level_one); +end; +assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.281 l.6012 - e-TeX tracing +@p@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |restore_trace|@>@;@/ +@y +@p +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.281 l.6019 unsave - e-TeX optimized \aftergroup +begin if cur_level>level_one then +@y +@!a:boolean; {have we already processed an \.{\\aftergroup} ?} +begin a:=false; +if cur_level>level_one then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME restore_sa usage +@x [19] m.282 l.6033 - e-TeX sparse arrays + else begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then +@y + else if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_sa then + begin sa_restore; sa_chain:=p; sa_level:=save_level(save_ptr); + end + else begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.282 l.6041 - e-TeX tracing +done: cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); cur_boundary:=save_index(save_ptr) +@y +done: @!stat if tracing_groups>0 then group_trace(true);@+tats@;@/ +if grp_stack[in_open]=cur_boundary then group_warning; + {groups possibly not properly nested with files} +cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); cur_boundary:=save_index(save_ptr); +if eTeX_ex then decr(save_ptr) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [19] m.284 l.6067 - e-TeX tracing +@ @<Declare the procedure called |restore_trace|@>= +@y +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [20] m.289 l.6155 - e-TeX protected +@d end_match_token=@"E0000 {$2^16\cdot|end_match|$} +@y +@d end_match_token=@"E0000 {$2^16\cdot|end_match|$} +@d protected_token=@"E0001 {$2^16\cdot|end_match|+1$} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [20] m.294 l.6280 - e-TeX protected +end_match: print("->"); +@y +end_match: if c=0 then print("->"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [20] m.296 l.6301 print_meaning - e-TeX marks +else if cur_cmd=top_bot_mark then +@y +else if (cur_cmd=top_bot_mark)and(cur_chr<marks_code) then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [21] m.298 l.6375 print_cmd_chr - e-TeX protected +procedure print_cmd_chr(@!cmd:quarterword;@!chr_code:halfword); +@y +procedure print_cmd_chr(@!cmd:quarterword;@!chr_code:halfword); +var n:integer; {temp variable} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [21] m.299 l.6394 show_cur_cmd_chr - e-TeX tracing +@p procedure show_cur_cmd_chr; +@y +@p procedure show_cur_cmd_chr; +var n:integer; {level of \.{\\if...\\fi} nesting} +@!l:integer; {line where \.{\\if} started} +@!p:pointer; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [21] m.299 l.6399 show_cur_cmd_chr - e-TeX tracing +print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr); print_char("}"); +@y +print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr); +if tracing_ifs>0 then + if cur_cmd>=if_test then if cur_cmd<=fi_or_else then + begin print(": "); + if cur_cmd=fi_or_else then + begin print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if); print_char(" "); + n:=0; l:=if_line; + end + else begin n:=1; l:=line; + end; + p:=cond_ptr; + while p<>null do + begin incr(n); p:=link(p); + end; + print("(level "); print_int(n); print_char(")"); print_if_line(l); + end; +print_char("}"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME: What about \write18 compatibility? +@x [22] m.303 l.6475 show_context - e-TeX scan_tokens +the terminal, under control of the procedure |read_toks|.) +@y +the terminal, under control of the procedure |read_toks|.) +Finally |18<=name<=19| indicates that we are reading a pseudo file +created by the \.{\\scantokens} command. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [22] m.307 l.6692 - e-TeX basic +@d mark_text=14 {|token_type| code for \.{\\topmark}, etc.} +@d write_text=15 {|token_type| code for \.{\\write}} +@y +@d every_eof_text=14 {|token_type| code for \.{\\everyeof}} +@d mark_text=15 {|token_type| code for \.{\\topmark}, etc.} +@d write_text=16 {|token_type| code for \.{\\write}} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [22] m.311 l.6749 show_context - e-TeX scan_tokens + if (name>17) or (base_ptr=0) then bottom_line:=true; +@y + if (name>19) or (base_ptr=0) then bottom_line:=true; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [22] m.313 l.6794 - e-TeX scan_tokens +else begin print_nl("l."); print_int(line); +@y +else if index<>in_open then {input from a pseudo file} + begin print_nl("l."); print_int(line_stack[index+1]); + end +else begin print_nl("l."); print_int(line); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [22] m.314 l.6814 - e-TeX basic +every_cr_text: print_nl("<everycr> "); +@y +every_cr_text: print_nl("<everycr> "); +every_eof_text: print_nl("<everyeof> "); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [23] m.326 l.7009 - e-TeX optimized \aftergroup +begin t:=cur_tok; cur_tok:=p; back_input; cur_tok:=t; +@y +begin t:=cur_tok; cur_tok:=p; +if a then + begin p:=get_avail; info(p):=cur_tok; link(p):=loc; loc:=p; start:=p; + if cur_tok<right_brace_limit then + if cur_tok<left_brace_limit then decr(align_state) + else incr(align_state); + end +else begin back_input; a:=eTeX_ex; + end; +cur_tok:=t; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [23] m.328 l.7037 begin_file_reading - e-TeX every_eof, tracing_nesting +incr(in_open); push_input; index:=in_open; +@y +incr(in_open); push_input; index:=in_open; +eof_seen[index]:=false; +grp_stack[index]:=cur_boundary; if_stack[index]:=cond_ptr; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME: What about \write18 compatibility? +@x [23] m.329 l.7047 end_file_reading - e-TeX scan_tokens +if name>17 then a_close(cur_file); {forget it} +@y +if (name=18)or(name=19) then pseudo_close else +if name>17 then a_close(cur_file); {forget it} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [23] m.331 l.7066 - e-TeX tracing_nesting +in_open:=0; open_parens:=0; max_buf_stack:=0; +@y +in_open:=0; open_parens:=0; max_buf_stack:=0; +grp_stack[0]:=0; if_stack[0]:=null; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [24] m.362 l.7538 - e-TeX scan_tokens, every_eof +if not force_eof then +@y +if not force_eof then + if name<=19 then + begin if pseudo_input then {not end of file} + firm_up_the_line {this sets |limit|} + else if (every_eof<>null)and not eof_seen[index] then + begin limit:=first-1; eof_seen[index]:=true; {fake one empty line} + begin_token_list(every_eof,every_eof_text); goto restart; + end + else force_eof:=true; + end + else +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [24] m.362 l.7541 - e-TeX every_eof + else force_eof:=true; +@y + else if (every_eof<>null)and not eof_seen[index] then + begin limit:=first-1; eof_seen[index]:=true; {fake one empty line} + begin_token_list(every_eof,every_eof_text); goto restart; + end + else force_eof:=true; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [24] m.362 l.7544 - e-TeX scan_tokens + begin print_char(")"); decr(open_parens); + update_terminal; {show user that file has been read} +@y + begin if tracing_nesting>0 then + if (grp_stack[in_open]<>cur_boundary)or@| + (if_stack[in_open]<>cond_ptr) then file_warning; + {give warning for some unfinished groups and/or conditionals} + if name>=19 then + begin print_char(")"); decr(open_parens); + update_terminal; {show user that file has been read} + end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.366 l.7630 - e-TeX basic +@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |insert_relax|@>@;@/ +@y +@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |insert_relax|@>@;@/ +@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for expanding@>@;@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.366 l.7637 expand - e-TeX cond +procedure expand; +@y +procedure expand; +label reswitch; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.366 l.7648 expand - e-TeX cond +if cur_cmd<call then @<Expand a nonmacro@> +@y +reswitch: +if cur_cmd<call then @<Expand a nonmacro@> +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.367 l.7659 - e-TeX cond +expand_after:@<Expand the token after the next token@>; +@y +expand_after:if cur_chr=0 then @<Expand the token after the next token@> + else @<Negate a boolean conditional and |goto reswitch|@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.377 l.7779 - e-TeX scan_tokens +input: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("input")@+else print_esc("endinput"); +@y +input: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("input") + @/@<Cases of |input| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ + else print_esc("endinput"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.378 l.7782 - e-TeX scan_tokens +if cur_chr>0 then force_eof:=true +@y +if cur_chr=1 then force_eof:=true +@/@<Cases for |input|@>@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.382 l.7838 - e-TeX marks +@d top_mark_code=0 {the mark in effect at the previous page break} +@y +@d marks_code==5 {add this for \.{\\topmarks} etc.} +@# +@d top_mark_code=0 {the mark in effect at the previous page break} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.385 l.7870 - e-TeX marks +top_bot_mark: case chr_code of +@y +top_bot_mark: begin case (chr_code mod marks_code) of +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.385 l.7876 - e-TeX marks + endcases; +@y + endcases; + if chr_code>=marks_code then print_char("s"); + end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.386 l.7882 - e-TeX marks +begin if cur_mark[cur_chr]<>null then + begin_token_list(cur_mark[cur_chr],mark_text); +@y +begin t:=cur_chr mod marks_code; +if cur_chr>=marks_code then scan_register_num@+else cur_val:=0; +if cur_val=0 then cur_ptr:=cur_mark[t] +else @<Compute the mark pointer for mark type |t| and class |cur_val|@>; +if cur_ptr<>null then begin_token_list(cur_ptr,mark_text); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [25] m.389 l.7945 macro_call - e-TeX protected +if info(r)<>end_match_token then +@y +if info(r)=protected_token then r:=link(r); +if info(r)<>end_match_token then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.409 l.8255 - e-TeX basic +@t\4\4@>@<Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff@> +@y +@t\4\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for scanning@>@; +@t\4\4@>@<Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff@> +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.411 l.8299 - e-TeX sparse arrays +|glue_val|, or |mu_val|. +@y +|glue_val|, or |mu_val| more than |mem_bot| (dynamic variable-size nodes +cannot have these values) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.411 l.8302 - e-TeX sparse arrays +primitive("count",register,int_val); +@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@> +primitive("dimen",register,dimen_val); +@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@> +primitive("skip",register,glue_val); +@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@> +primitive("muskip",register,mu_val); +@y +primitive("count",register,mem_bot+int_val); +@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@> +primitive("dimen",register,mem_bot+dimen_val); +@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@> +primitive("skip",register,mem_bot+glue_val); +@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@> +primitive("muskip",register,mem_bot+mu_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.412 l.8312 - e-TeX sparse arrays +register: if chr_code=int_val then print_esc("count") + else if chr_code=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen") + else if chr_code=glue_val then print_esc("skip") + else print_esc("muskip"); +@y +register: @<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.413 l.8328 scan_something_internal - e-TeX basic +var m:halfword; {|chr_code| part of the operand token} +@y +label exit; +var m:halfword; {|chr_code| part of the operand token} +@!q:halfword; {general purpose index} +@!i:four_quarters; {character info} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.413 l.8354 scan_something_internal - e-TeX basic +end; +@y +exit:end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.415 l.8375 - e-TeX sparse arrays + begin scan_eight_bit_int; m:=toks_base+cur_val; + end; + scanned_result(equiv(m))(tok_val); +@y + if m=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val<256 then cur_val:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then cur_val:=null + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end; + end + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m) + else cur_val:=equiv(m); + cur_val_level:=tok_val; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.416 l.8390 - e-TeX basic +|glue_val|, |input_line_no_code|, or |badness_code|. + +@d input_line_no_code=glue_val+1 {code for \.{\\inputlineno}} +@d badness_code=glue_val+2 {code for \.{\\badness}} +@y +|glue_val|, |last_node_type_code|, |input_line_no_code|, |badness_code|, +|eTeX_version_code|, or one of the other codes for \eTeX\ extensions. + +@d last_node_type_code=glue_val+1 {code for \.{\\lastnodetype}} +@d input_line_no_code=glue_val+2 {code for \.{\\inputlineno}} +@d badness_code=glue_val+3 {code for \.{\\badness}} +@d eTeX_int=glue_val+4 {first of \eTeX\ codes for integers} +@d eTeX_dim=eTeX_int+8 {first of \eTeX\ codes for dimensions} +@d eTeX_glue=eTeX_dim+9 {first of \eTeX\ codes for glue} +@d eTeX_mu=eTeX_glue+1 {first of \eTeX\ codes for muglue} +@d eTeX_expr=eTeX_mu+1 {first of \eTeX\ codes for expressions} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.417 l.8425 - e-TeX interaction_mode +@+else print_esc("insertpenalties"); +@y +@/@<Cases of |set_page_int| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ +@+else print_esc("insertpenalties"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.417 l.8434 - e-TeX basic + othercases print_esc("badness") +@y + @/@<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ + othercases print_esc("badness") +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.419 l.8457 - e-TeX interaction_mode +begin if m=0 then cur_val:=dead_cycles@+else cur_val:=insert_penalties; +@y +begin if m=0 then cur_val:=dead_cycles +@/@<Cases for `Fetch the |dead_cycles| or the |insert_penalties|'@>@/ +else cur_val:=insert_penalties; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.420 l.8462 - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin + scan_eight_bit_int; + if box(cur_val)=null then cur_val:=0 @+else + cur_val:=mem[box(cur_val)+m].sc; +@y +begin + scan_register_num; + fetch_box(q); + if q=null then cur_val:=0 @+else + cur_val:=mem[q+m].sc; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.423 l.8487 - e-TeX penalties +begin if par_shape_ptr=null then cur_val:=0 +@y +begin if m>par_shape_loc then @<Fetch a penalties array element@> +else if par_shape_ptr=null then cur_val:=0 +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [26] m.424 l.8493 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% implemented. The reference count for \.{\\lastskip} will be updated later. +% @y +% implemented. The reference count for \.{\\lastskip} will be updated later. +% A final \.{\\endM} node is temporarily removed. +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.424 l.8499 - e-TeX basic +if cur_chr>glue_val then + begin if cur_chr=input_line_no_code then cur_val:=line + else cur_val:=last_badness; {|cur_chr=badness_code|} +@y +if m>last_node_type_code then + if m>=eTeX_glue then @<Process an expression and |return|@>@; + else if m>=eTeX_dim then + begin case m of + @/@<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>@/ + end; {there are no other cases} + cur_val_level:=dimen_val; + end + else begin case m of + input_line_no_code: cur_val:=line; + badness_code: cur_val:=last_badness; + @/@<Cases for fetching an integer value@>@/ + end; {there are no other cases} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.424 l.8505 - e-TeX last_node_type + cur_val_level:=cur_chr; +@y + if cur_chr=last_node_type_code then + begin cur_val:=int_val; + if (tail=head)or(mode=0) then cur_val:=-1; + end + else cur_val_level:=cur_chr; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [26] m.424 l.8507 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% case cur_chr of +% @y +% begin if (type(tail)=math_node)and(subtype(tail)=end_M_code) then +% remove_end_M; +% case cur_chr of +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.424 l.8513 - e-TeX last_node_type + end; +@y + end; + last_node_type_code: + if (type(tail)<>math_node)or(subtype(tail)<>end_M_code) then + if type(tail)<=unset_node then cur_val:=type(tail)+1 + else cur_val:=unset_node+2; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [26] m.424 l.8514 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% end {there are no other cases} +% @y +% end; {there are no other cases} +% if LR_temp<>null then insert_end_M; +% end +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.424 l.8519 - e-TeX last_node_type + glue_val: if last_glue<>max_halfword then cur_val:=last_glue; +@y + glue_val: if last_glue<>max_halfword then cur_val:=last_glue; + last_node_type_code: cur_val:=last_node_type; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME might need work +@x [26] m.427 l.8535 - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin scan_eight_bit_int; +case m of +@y +begin if (m<mem_bot)or(m>lo_mem_stat_max) then + begin cur_val_level:=sa_type(m); + if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(m) + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m); + end +else begin scan_register_num; cur_val_level:=m-mem_bot; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(cur_val_level,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then + if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=0 + else cur_val:=zero_glue + else if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(cur_ptr) + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end + else + case cur_val_level of +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.427 l.8542 - e-TeX sparse arrays +cur_val_level:=m; +@y + end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [26] m.461 l.9070 - e-TeX expr +exit:end; +@y +exit:end; +@# +@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>@; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.464 l.9129 - e-TeX basic +@p function str_toks(@!b:pool_pointer):pointer; +@y +@p @t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for token lists@>@;@/ +function str_toks(@!b:pool_pointer):pointer; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.465 l.9154 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded +@p function the_toks:pointer; +@y +@p function the_toks:pointer; +label exit; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.465 l.9158 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded +begin get_x_token; scan_something_internal(tok_val,false); +@y +@!c:small_number; {value of |cur_chr|} +begin @<Handle \.{\\unexpanded} or \.{\\detokenize} and |return|@>;@/ +get_x_token; scan_something_internal(tok_val,false); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.465 l.9172 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded +end; +@y +exit:end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.469 l.9223 - e-TeX basic + othercases print_esc("jobname") +@y + @/@<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ + othercases print_esc("jobname") +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.470 l.9232 conv_toks - e-TeX basic +@!c:number_code..job_name_code; {desired type of conversion} +@y +@!c:small_number; {desired type of conversion} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.471 l.9249 - e-TeX basic +end {there are no other cases} +@y +@/@<Cases of `Scan the argument for command |c|'@>@/ +end {there are no other cases} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.472 l.9265 - e-TeX basic +end {there are no other cases} +@y +@/@<Cases of `Print the result of command |c|'@>@/ +end {there are no other cases} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.478 l.9374 - e-TeX protected + if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done2; +@y + if cur_cmd>=call then + if info(link(cur_chr))=protected_token then + begin cur_cmd:=relax; cur_chr:=no_expand_flag; + end; + if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done2; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.482 l.9422 read_toks - e-TeX read_line +@p procedure read_toks(@!n:integer;@!r:pointer); +@y +@p procedure read_toks(@!n:integer;@!r:pointer;@!j:halfword); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [27] m.483 l.9448 - e-TeX read_line +loop@+ begin get_token; +@y +@<Handle \.{\\readline} and |goto done|@>;@/ +loop@+ begin get_token; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.487 l.9500 - e-TeX cond +@d if_char_code=0 { `\.{\\if}' } +@y +@d unless_code=32 {amount added for `\.{\\unless}' prefix} +@# +@d if_char_code=0 { `\.{\\if}' } +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.488 l.9555 - e-TeX cond +if_test: case chr_code of +@y +if_test: begin if chr_code>=unless_code then print_esc("unless"); +case chr_code mod unless_code of +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.488 l.9572 - e-TeX cond + othercases print_esc("if") + endcases; +@y + @/@<Cases of |if_test| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ + othercases print_esc("if") + endcases; +end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.494 l.9646 pass_text - e-TeX tracing +done: scanner_status:=save_scanner_status; +@y +done: scanner_status:=save_scanner_status; +if tracing_ifs>0 then show_cur_cmd_chr; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.496 l.9662 - e-TeX tracing_nesting +begin p:=cond_ptr; if_line:=if_line_field(p); +@y +begin if if_stack[in_open]=cond_ptr then if_warning; + {conditionals possibly not properly nested with files} +p:=cond_ptr; if_line:=if_line_field(p); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.498 l.9699 conditional - e-TeX cond +begin @<Push the condition stack@>;@+save_cond_ptr:=cond_ptr;this_if:=cur_chr;@/ +@<Either process \.{\\ifcase} or set |b| to the value of a boolean condition@>; +@y +@!is_unless:boolean; {was this if preceded by `\.{\\unless}' ?} +begin if tracing_ifs>0 then if tracing_commands<=1 then show_cur_cmd_chr; +@<Push the condition stack@>;@+save_cond_ptr:=cond_ptr; +is_unless:=(cur_chr>=unless_code); this_if:=cur_chr mod unless_code;@/ +@<Either process \.{\\ifcase} or set |b| to the value of a boolean condition@>; +if is_unless then b:=not b; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.501 l.9742 - e-TeX cond +if_false_code: b:=false; +@y +if_false_code: b:=false; +@/@<Cases for |conditional|@>@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.505 l.9781 - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val); +@y +begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.510 l.9871 - e-TeX cond +if cur_chr>if_limit then +@y +begin if tracing_ifs>0 then if tracing_commands<=1 then show_cur_cmd_chr; +if cur_chr>if_limit then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [28] m.510 l.9882 - e-TeX cond + end +@y + end; +end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [29] m.536 l.10324 - e-TeX basic +begin wlog(banner); +@y +begin wlog(eTeX_banner); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [29] m.536 l.10331 - e-TeX basic +end +@y +if eTeX_ex then + begin; wlog_cr; wlog('entering extended mode'); + end; +end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [30] m.581 l.11263 char_warning - e-TeX tracing +begin if tracing_lost_chars>0 then +@y +var old_setting: integer; {saved value of |tracing_online|} +begin if tracing_lost_chars>0 then + begin old_setting:=tracing_online; + if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then tracing_online:=1; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [30] m.581 l.11270 char_warning - e-TeX tracing +end; +@y + tracing_online:=old_setting; + end; +end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.616 l.12238 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% this is essentially the depth of |push| commands in the \.{DVI} output. +% @y +% this is essentially the depth of |push| commands in the \.{DVI} output. +% +% For mixed direction text (\TeXXeT) the current text direction is called +% |cur_dir|. As the box being shipped out will never be used again and +% soon be recycled, we can simply reverse any R-text (i.e., right-to-left) +% segments of hlist nodes as well as complete hlist nodes embedded in such +% segments. Moreover this can be done iteratively rather than recursively. +% There are, however, two complications related to leaders that require +% some additional bookkeeping: (1)~One and the same hlist node might be +% used more than once (but never inside both L- and R-text); and +% (2)~leader boxes inside hlists must be aligned with respect to the left +% edge of the original hlist. +% +% A math node is changed into a kern node whenever the text direction +% remains the same, it is replaced by an |edge_node| if the text direction +% changes; the subtype of an an |hlist_node| inside R-text is changed to +% |reversed| once its hlist has been reversed. +% @!@^data structure assumptions@> +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.616 l.12240 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% @d synch_h==if cur_h<>dvi_h then +% @y +% @d reversed=min_quarterword+1 {subtype for an |hlist_node| whose hlist +% has been reversed} +% @d dlist=min_quarterword+2 {subtype for an |hlist_node| from display math mode} +% @d left_to_right=0 +% @d right_to_left=1 +% @d reflected==1-cur_dir {the opposite of |cur_dir|} +% @# +% @d synch_h==if cur_h<>dvi_h then +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.619 l.12300 hlist_out - e-TeX add_glue +% @!g_order: glue_ord; {applicable order of infinity for glue} +% @y +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.619 l.12308 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT +% @!edge:scaled; {left edge of sub-box, or right edge of leader space} +% @y +% @!edge:scaled; {right edge of sub-box or leader space} +% @!prev_p:pointer; {one step behind |p|} +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.619 l.12309 hlist_out - e-TeX add_glue +% @!glue_temp:real; {glue value before rounding} +% begin this_box:=temp_ptr; g_order:=glue_order(this_box); +% @y +% begin this_box:=temp_ptr; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.619 l.12315 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT +% save_loc:=dvi_offset+dvi_ptr; base_line:=cur_v; left_edge:=cur_h; +% @y +% save_loc:=dvi_offset+dvi_ptr; base_line:=cur_v; +% prev_p:=this_box+list_offset; +% if eTeX_ex then +% begin @<Initialize the LR stack@>; +% if subtype(this_box)=dlist then +% if cur_dir=right_to_left then +% begin cur_dir:=left_to_right; cur_h:=cur_h-width(this_box); +% end +% else subtype(this_box):=min_quarterword; +% if (cur_dir=right_to_left)and(subtype(this_box)<>reversed) then +% @<Reverse the complete hlist and set the subtype to |reversed|@>; +% end; +% left_edge:=cur_h; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.619 l.12318 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT +% prune_movements(save_loc); +% @y +% if eTeX_ex then +% begin @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |hlist_out|@>; +% if subtype(this_box)=dlist then cur_dir:=right_to_left; +% end; +% prune_movements(save_loc); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.620 l.12337 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% p:=link(p); +% @y +% prev_p:=link(prev_p); {N.B.: not |prev_p:=p|, |p| might be |lig_trick|} +% p:=link(p); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.622 l.12362 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% kern_node,math_node:cur_h:=cur_h+width(p); +% @y +% kern_node:cur_h:=cur_h+width(p); +% math_node:begin if eTeX_ex then +% @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |hlist_out| routine; if necessary +% reverse an hlist segment and |goto reswitch|@>; +% cur_h:=cur_h+width(p); +% end; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.622 l.12364 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% othercases do_nothing +% @y +% @/@<Cases of |hlist_out| that arise in mixed direction text only@>@; +% othercases do_nothing +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.622 l.12369 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% next_p:p:=link(p); +% @y +% next_p:prev_p:=p; p:=link(p); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.623 l.12376 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% temp_ptr:=p; edge:=cur_h; +% @y +% temp_ptr:=p; edge:=cur_h+width(p); +% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=edge; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.623 l.12379 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% cur_h:=edge+width(p); cur_v:=base_line; +% @y +% cur_h:=edge; cur_v:=base_line; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.625 l.12401 - e-TeX add_glue +% begin if g_sign=stretching then +% begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then +% begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g)); +% @^real multiplication@> +% rule_wd:=rule_wd+round(glue_temp); +% end; +% end +% else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then +% begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g)); +% rule_wd:=rule_wd-round(glue_temp); +% end; +% end; +% @y +% add_glue(rule_wd); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.626 l.12428 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0; +% @y +% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h-10; +% edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.626 l.12434 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% cur_h:=edge-10; goto next_p; +% @y +% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=edge +% else cur_h:=edge-10; +% goto next_p; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.628 l.12473 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h; temp_ptr:=leader_box; +% @y +% synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h; temp_ptr:=leader_box; +% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h+leader_wd; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.629 l.12489 vlist_out - e-TeX add_glue +% @!g_order: glue_ord; {applicable order of infinity for glue} +% @y +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.629 l.12498 vlist_out - e-TeX add_glue +% @!glue_temp:real; {glue value before rounding} +% begin this_box:=temp_ptr; g_order:=glue_order(this_box); +% @y +% begin this_box:=temp_ptr; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.632 l.12544 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(p); {shift the box right} +% @y +% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=left_edge-shift_amount(p) +% else cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(p); {shift the box right} +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.633 l.12556 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% begin synch_h; synch_v; +% dvi_out(put_rule); dvi_four(rule_ht); dvi_four(rule_wd); +% @y +% begin if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h-rule_wd; +% synch_h; synch_v; +% dvi_out(put_rule); dvi_four(rule_ht); dvi_four(rule_wd); +% cur_h:=left_edge; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.634 l.12564 - e-TeX add_glue +% begin if g_sign=stretching then +% begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then +% begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g)); +% @^real multiplication@> +% rule_ht:=rule_ht+round(glue_temp); +% end; +% end +% else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then +% begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g)); +% rule_ht:=rule_ht-round(glue_temp); +% end; +% end; +% @y +% add_glue(rule_ht); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.637 l.12619 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% begin cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(leader_box); synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h;@/ +% @y +% begin if cur_dir=right_to_left then +% cur_h:=left_edge-shift_amount(leader_box) +% else cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(leader_box); +% synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h;@/ +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [32] m.638 l.12656 ship_out - e-TeX TeXXeT +% @<Ship box |p| out@>; +% @y +% @<Ship box |p| out@>; +% if eTeX_ex then @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |ship_out|@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [33] m.649 l.12876 hpack - e-TeX TeXXeT +% h:=0; @<Clear dimensions to zero@>; +% @y +% h:=0; @<Clear dimensions to zero@>; +% if TeXXeT_en then @<Initialize the LR stack@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [33] m.649 l.12886 hpack - e-TeX TeXXeT +% exit: hpack:=r; +% @y +% exit: if TeXXeT_en then @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |hpack|@>; +% hpack:=r; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [33] m.651 l.12910 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% kern_node,math_node: x:=x+width(p); +% @y +% kern_node: x:=x+width(p); +% math_node: begin x:=x+width(p); +% if TeXXeT_en then @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |hpack| routine@>; +% end; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [34] m.687 l.13480 - e-TeX middle +\TeX's \.{\\left} and \.{\\right}. The |nucleus| of such noads is +@y +\TeX's \.{\\left} and \.{\\right} as well as \eTeX's \.{\\middle}. +The |nucleus| of such noads is +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [34] m.687 l.13497 - e-TeX middle +@d delimiter==nucleus {|delimiter| field in left and right noads} +@y +@d delimiter==nucleus {|delimiter| field in left and right noads} +@d middle_noad==1 {|subtype| of right noad representing \.{\\middle}} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [34] m.696 l.13670 - e-TeX middle +right_noad: begin print_esc("right"); print_delimiter(nucleus(p)); + end; +end; +if subtype(p)<>normal then + if subtype(p)=limits then print_esc("limits") + else print_esc("nolimits"); +if type(p)<left_noad then print_subsidiary_data(nucleus(p),"."); +@y +right_noad: begin if subtype(p)=normal then print_esc("right") + else print_esc("middle"); + print_delimiter(nucleus(p)); + end; +end; +if type(p)<left_noad then + begin if subtype(p)<>normal then + if subtype(p)=limits then print_esc("limits") + else print_esc("nolimits"); + print_subsidiary_data(nucleus(p),"."); + end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [36] m.727 l.14268 - e-TeX middle +done_with_noad: r:=q; r_type:=type(r); +@y +done_with_noad: r:=q; r_type:=type(r); +if r_type=right_noad then + begin r_type:=left_noad; cur_style:=style; @<Set up the values...@>; + end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [36] m.760 l.14929 - e-TeX middle + r_type:=t; +@y + if type(q)=right_noad then t:=open_noad; + r_type:=t; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [36] m.762 l.14970 make_left_right - e-TeX middle +begin if style<script_style then cur_size:=text_size +else cur_size:=script_size*((style-text_style) div 2); +@y +begin cur_style:=style; @<Set up the values...@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [37] m.785 l.15461 align_peek - e-TeX protected +begin restart: align_state:=1000000; @<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>; +@y +begin restart: align_state:=1000000; +repeat get_x_or_protected; +until cur_cmd<>spacer; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [37] m.791 l.15572 fin_col - e-TeX protected +align_state:=1000000; @<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>; +@y +align_state:=1000000; +repeat get_x_or_protected; +until cur_cmd<>spacer; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [37] m.807 l.15834 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% begin type(q):=hlist_node; width(q):=width(p); +% @y +% begin type(q):=hlist_node; width(q):=width(p); +% if nest[nest_ptr-1].mode_field=mmode then subtype(q):=dlist; {for |ship_out|} +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [37] m.808 l.15852 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% n:=span_count(r); t:=width(s); w:=t; u:=hold_head; +% @y +% n:=span_count(r); t:=width(s); w:=t; u:=hold_head; +% subtype(r):=min_quarterword; {for |ship_out|} +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.814 l.15975 - e-TeX penalties +There is one explicit parameter: |final_widow_penalty| is the amount of +additional penalty to be inserted before the final line of the paragraph. +@y +There is one explicit parameter: |d| is true for partial paragraphs +preceding display math mode; in this case the amount of additional +penalty inserted before the final line is |display_widow_penalty| +instead of |widow_penalty|. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.815 l.16002 line_break - e-TeX penalties +procedure line_break(@!final_widow_penalty:integer); +@y +procedure line_break(@!d:boolean); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.815 l.16012 - e-TeX basic +end; +@y +end; +@# +@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use by |main_control|@> +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.816 l.16032 - e-TeX last_line_fit +final_par_glue:=new_param_glue(par_fill_skip_code); +link(tail):=final_par_glue; +@y +final_par_glue:=new_param_glue(par_fill_skip_code); +link(tail):=final_par_glue; +last_line_fill:=link(tail); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.819 l.16097 - e-TeX last_line_fit +@d active_node_size=3 {number of words in active nodes} +@y +@d active_node_size_normal=3 {number of words in normal active nodes} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME might need fixes; TeX has 6 backgrounds +% Omega has 7. Why the difference? +@x [38] m.827 l.16260 - e-TeX last_line_fit +background[7]:=shrink(q)+shrink(r); +@y +background[7]:=shrink(q)+shrink(r); +@<Check for special treatment of last line of paragraph@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.829 l.16311 try_break - e-TeX last_line_fit +label exit,done,done1,continue,deactivate; +@y +label exit,done,done1,continue,deactivate,found,not_found; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.845 l.16603 - e-TeX last_line_fit +total_demerits(q):=minimal_demerits[fit_class]; +@y +total_demerits(q):=minimal_demerits[fit_class]; +if do_last_line_fit then + @<Store \(a)additional data in the new active node@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.846 l.16616 - e-TeX last_line_fit +print(" t="); print_int(total_demerits(q)); +@y +print(" t="); print_int(total_demerits(q)); +if do_last_line_fit then @<Print additional data in the new active node@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.851 l.16715 - e-TeX last_line_fit +if (b>inf_bad)or(pi=eject_penalty) then +@y +if do_last_line_fit then @<Adjust \(t)the additional data for last line@>; +found: +if (b>inf_bad)or(pi=eject_penalty) then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.852 l.16739 - e-TeX last_line_fit + begin b:=0; fit_class:=decent_fit; {infinite stretch} +@y + begin if do_last_line_fit then + begin if cur_p=null then {the last line of a paragraph} + @<Perform computations for last line and |goto found|@>; + shortfall:=0; + end; + b:=0; fit_class:=decent_fit; {infinite stretch} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [38] m.855 l.16796 - e-TeX last_line_fit + best_place[fit_class]:=break_node(r); best_pl_line[fit_class]:=l; +@y + best_place[fit_class]:=break_node(r); best_pl_line[fit_class]:=l; + if do_last_line_fit then + @<Store \(a)additional data for this feasible break@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [39] m.863 l.16969 - e-TeX last_line_fit + end;@+tats@/ +@y + end;@+tats@/ +if do_last_line_fit then @<Adjust \(t)the final line of the paragraph@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [39] m.864 l.16980 - e-TeX last_line_fit +line_number(q):=prev_graf+1; total_demerits(q):=0; link(active):=q; +@y +line_number(q):=prev_graf+1; total_demerits(q):=0; link(active):=q; +if do_last_line_fit then + @<Initialize additional fields of the first active node@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [39] m.866 l.17030 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% math_node: begin auto_breaking:=(subtype(cur_p)=after); kern_break; +% @y +% math_node: begin if subtype(cur_p)<L_code then auto_breaking:=end_LR(cur_p); +% kern_break; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [39] m.876 l.17192 - e-TeX penalties +post_line_break(final_widow_penalty) +@y +post_line_break(d) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [39] m.877 l.17206 post_line_break - e-TeX penalties +procedure post_line_break(@!final_widow_penalty:integer); +@y +procedure post_line_break(@!d:boolean); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [39] m.877 l.17216 post_line_break - e-TeX TeXXeT +% begin @<Reverse the links of the relevant passive nodes, setting |cur_p| to the +% @y +% @!LR_ptr:pointer; {stack of LR codes} +% begin LR_ptr:=LR_save; +% @<Reverse the links of the relevant passive nodes, setting |cur_p| to the +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [39] m.877 l.17229 post_line_break - e-TeX TeXXeT +% prev_graf:=best_line-1; +% @y +% prev_graf:=best_line-1; +% LR_save:=LR_ptr; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [39] m.879 l.17259 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% r:=q; {now |type(q)=glue_node|, |kern_node|, |math_node| or |penalty_node|} +% @y +% r:=q; {now |type(q)=glue_node|, |kern_node|, |math_node| or |penalty_node|} +% if type(q)=math_node then if TeXXeT_en then +% @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |post_line_break| routine@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [39] m.880 l.17276 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% @<Modify the end of the line to reflect the nature of the break and to include +% \.{\\rightskip}; also set the proper value of |disc_break|@>; +% @y +% if TeXXeT_en then +% @<Insert LR nodes at the beginning of the current line and adjust +% the LR stack based on LR nodes in this line@>; +% @<Modify the end of the line to reflect the nature of the break and to include +% \.{\\rightskip}; also set the proper value of |disc_break|@>; +% if TeXXeT_en then @<Insert LR nodes at the end of the current line@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [39] m.881 l.17299 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% else if (type(q)=math_node)or(type(q)=kern_node) then width(q):=0; +% @y +% else if type(q)=kern_node then width(q):=0 +% else if type(q)=math_node then +% begin width(q):=0; +% if TeXXeT_en then @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |p...@>; +% end; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME possible conflict +@x [39] m.890 l.17395 - e-TeX penalties + if passive_pen_inter(cur_p)<>0 then + pen:=passive_pen_inter(cur_p) + else pen:=inter_line_penalty; + if cur_line=prev_graf+1 then pen:=pen+club_penalty; + if cur_line+2=best_line then pen:=pen+final_widow_penalty; +@y + q:=inter_line_penalties_ptr; + if q<>null then + begin r:=cur_line; + if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q); + pen:=penalty(q+r); + end + else begin + if passive_pen_inter(cur_p)<>0 then + pen:=passive_pen_inter(cur_p) + else pen:=inter_line_penalty; + end; + q:=club_penalties_ptr; + if q<>null then + begin r:=cur_line-prev_graf; + if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q); + pen:=pen+penalty(q+r); + end + else if cur_line=prev_graf+1 then pen:=pen+club_penalty; + if d then q:=display_widow_penalties_ptr + else q:=widow_penalties_ptr; + if q<>null then + begin r:=best_line-cur_line-1; + if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q); + pen:=pen+penalty(q+r); + end + else if cur_line+2=best_line then + if d then pen:=pen+display_widow_penalty + else pen:=pen+widow_penalty; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [40] m.891 l.17460 - e-TeX hyph_codes +cur_lang:=init_cur_lang; l_hyf:=init_l_hyf; r_hyf:=init_r_hyf; +@y +cur_lang:=init_cur_lang; l_hyf:=init_l_hyf; r_hyf:=init_r_hyf; +set_hyph_index; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [40] m.896 l.17529 - e-TeX hyph_codes + if lc_code(c)<>0 then + if (lc_code(c)=c)or(uc_hyph>0) then goto done2 +@y + set_lc_code(c); + if hc[0]<>0 then + if (hc[0]=c)or(uc_hyph>0) then goto done2 +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [40] m.897 l.17546 - e-TeX hyph_codes + if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3; + if lc_code(c)>max_hyph_char then goto done3; + if hn=63 then goto done3; + hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=lc_code(c); hyf_bchar:=non_char; +@y + set_lc_code(c); + if hc[0]=0 then goto done3; + if lc_code(c)>max_hyph_char then goto done3; + if hn=63 then goto done3; + hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=hc[0]; hyf_bchar:=non_char; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [40] m.898 l.17572 - e-TeX hyph_codes + if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3; + if lc_code(c)>max_hyph_char then goto done3; + if j=63 then goto done3; + incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=lc_code(c);@/ +@y + set_lc_code(c); + if hc[0]=0 then goto done3; + if lc_code(c)>max_hyph_char then goto done3; + if j=63 then goto done3; + incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=hc[0];@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [42] m.934 l.18211 new_hyph_exceptions - e-TeX hyph_codes +label reswitch, exit, found, not_found; +@y +label reswitch, exit, found, not_found, not_found1; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [42] m.934 l.18221 new_hyph_exceptions - e-TeX hyph_codes +set_cur_lang; +@y +set_cur_lang; +@!init if trie_not_ready then + begin hyph_index:=0; goto not_found1; + end; +tini@/ +set_hyph_index; +not_found1: +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [42] m.937 l.18253 - e-TeX hyph_codes +else begin if lc_code(cur_chr)=0 then +@y +else begin set_lc_code(cur_chr); + if hc[0]=0 then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [42] m.937 l.18261 - e-TeX hyph_codes + begin incr(n); hc[n]:=lc_code(cur_chr); +@y + begin incr(n); hc[n]:=hc[0]; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [43] m.952 l.18549 - e-TeX hyph_codes +trie_root:=compress_trie(trie_root); {identify equivalent subtries} +@y +hyph_root:=compress_trie(hyph_root); +trie_root:=compress_trie(trie_root); {identify equivalent subtries} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [43] m.958 l.18637 - e-TeX hyph_codes +if trie_root=0 then {no patterns were given} +@y +if trie_max=0 then {no patterns were given} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [43] m.958 l.18641 - e-TeX hyph_codes +else begin trie_fix(trie_root); {this fixes the non-holes in |trie|} +@y +else begin if hyph_root>0 then trie_fix(hyph_root); + if trie_root>0 then trie_fix(trie_root); {this fixes the non-holes in |trie|} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [43] m.960 l.18684 new_patterns - e-TeX hyph_codes + brace@>; +@y + brace@>; + if saving_hyph_codes>0 then + @<Store hyphenation codes for current language@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [43] m.966 l.18791 init_trie - e-TeX hyph_codes +@<Move the data into |trie|@>; +@y +if hyph_root<>0 then @<Pack all stored |hyph_codes|@>; +@<Move the data into |trie|@>; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [44] m.968 l.18807 - e-TeX saved_items +whenever this is possible without backspacing. +@y +whenever this is possible without backspacing. + +When the second argument |s| is |false| the deleted nodes are destroyed, +otherwise they are collected in a list starting at |split_disc|. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [44] m.968 l.18814 prune_page_top - e-TeX saved_items +@p function prune_page_top(@!p:pointer):pointer; {adjust top after page break} +var prev_p:pointer; {lags one step behind |p|} +@!q:pointer; {temporary variable for list manipulation} +@y +@p function prune_page_top(@!p:pointer;@!s:boolean):pointer; + {adjust top after page break} +var prev_p:pointer; {lags one step behind |p|} +@!q,@!r:pointer; {temporary variables for list manipulation} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [44] m.968 l.18825 prune_page_top - e-TeX saved_items + link(prev_p):=p; flush_node_list(q); +@y + link(prev_p):=p; + if s then + begin if split_disc=null then split_disc:=q@+else link(r):=q; + r:=q; + end + else flush_node_list(q); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [44] m.977 l.18992 vsplit - e-TeX marks, sparse arrays +@p function vsplit(@!n:eight_bits; @!h:scaled):pointer; +@y +@p @t\4@>@<Declare the function called |do_marks|@>@; +function vsplit(@!n:halfword; @!h:scaled):pointer; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME incompatible? +@x [44] m.977 l.18998 vsplit - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin v:=box(n); vdir:=box_dir(v); +@y +begin cur_val:=n; fetch_box(v); vdir:=box_dir(v); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME: how to detach this from sparse arrays? +@x [44] m.977 l.18999 vsplit - e-TeX marks, saved_items +if split_first_mark<>null then +@y +flush_node_list(split_disc); split_disc:=null; +if sa_mark<>null then + if do_marks(vsplit_init,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null; +if split_first_mark<>null then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [44] m.977 l.19007 vsplit - e-TeX saved_items +q:=prune_page_top(q); p:=list_ptr(v); free_node(v,box_node_size); +@y +q:=prune_page_top(q,saving_vdiscards>0); +p:=list_ptr(v); free_node(v,box_node_size); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME might be incompatible? +@x [44] m.977 l.19008 vsplit - e-TeX sparse arrays +if q=null then set_equiv(box_base+n,null) + {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same} +else set_equiv(box_base+n,vpack(q,natural)); +@y +if q<>null then q:=vpack(q,natural); +change_box(q); {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [44] m.979 l.19033 - e-TeX marks + if split_first_mark=null then +@y + if mark_class(p)<>0 then @<Update the current marks for |vsplit|@> + else if split_first_mark=null then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.982 l.19167 - e-TeX last_node_type +The variables |last_penalty| and |last_kern| are similar. And +@y +The variables |last_penalty|, |last_kern|, and |last_node_type| +are similar. And +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.982 l.19180 - e-TeX last_node_type +@!last_kern:scaled; {used to implement \.{\\lastkern}} +@y +@!last_kern:scaled; {used to implement \.{\\lastkern}} +@!last_node_type:integer; {used to implement \.{\\lastnodetype}} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.991 l.19317 - e-TeX last_node_type +last_glue:=max_halfword; last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0; +@y +last_glue:=max_halfword; last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0; +last_node_type:=-1; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.996 l.19384 - e-TeX last_node_type +last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0; +@y +last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0; +last_node_type:=type(p)+1; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.999 l.19421 - e-TeX saved_items +link(contrib_head):=link(p); link(p):=null; flush_node_list(p) +@y +link(contrib_head):=link(p); link(p):=null; +if saving_vdiscards>0 then + begin if page_disc=null then page_disc:=p@+else link(tail_page_disc):=p; + tail_page_disc:=p; + end +else flush_node_list(p) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME: sparse arrays? +@x [45] m.1012 l.19661 fire_up - e-TeX marks +if bot_mark<>null then +@y +if sa_mark<>null then + if do_marks(fire_up_init,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null; +if bot_mark<>null then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.1012 l.19669 fire_up - e-TeX marks +if (top_mark<>null)and(first_mark=null) then +@y +if sa_mark<>null then + if do_marks(fire_up_done,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null; +if (top_mark<>null)and(first_mark=null) then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.1014 l.19706 - e-TeX marks + else if type(p)=mark_node then @<Update the values of +@y + else if type(p)=mark_node then + if mark_class(p)<>0 then @<Update the current marks for |fire_up|@> + else @<Update the values of +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.1021 l.19818 - e-TeX saved_items + ins_ptr(p):=prune_page_top(broken_ptr(r)); +@y + ins_ptr(p):=prune_page_top(broken_ptr(r),false); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.1023 l.19854 - e-TeX saved_items +ship_out(box(255)); set_equiv(box_base+255,null); +@y +flush_node_list(page_disc); page_disc:=null; +ship_out(box(255)); set_equiv(box_base+255,null); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [45] m.1026 l.19896 - e-TeX saved_items +pop_nest; build_page; +@y +flush_node_list(page_disc); page_disc:=null; +pop_nest; build_page; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1070 l.20697 normal_paragraph - e-TeX penalties +if par_shape_ptr<>null then eq_define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,null); +@y +if par_shape_ptr<>null then eq_define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,null); +if inter_line_penalties_ptr<>null then + eq_define(inter_line_penalties_loc,shape_ref,null); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME incompatible? +% @x [47] m.1071 l.20718 - e-TeX sparse arrays +% |box_flag+255| represent `\.{\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\setbox255}'; +% codes |box_flag+256| through |box_flag+511| represent `\.{\\global\\setbox0}' +% through `\.{\\global\\setbox255}'; +% code |box_flag+512| represents `\.{\\shipout}'; and codes |box_flag+513| +% through |box_flag+515| represent `\.{\\leaders}', `\.{\\cleaders}', +% @y +% |global_box_flag-1| represent `\.{\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\setbox32767}'; +% codes |global_box_flag| through |ship_out_flag-1| represent +% `\.{\\global\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\global\\setbox32767}'; +% code |ship_out_flag| represents `\.{\\shipout}'; and codes |leader_flag| +% through |leader_flag+2| represent `\.{\\leaders}', `\.{\\cleaders}', +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1071 l.20732 - e-TeX sparse arrays +@d ship_out_flag==box_flag+(number_regs+number_regs) + {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'} +@y +@d global_box_flag==box_flag+(number_regs+number_regs) {context code for `\.{\\global\\setbox0}'} +@d ship_out_flag==global_box_flag+1 {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1075 l.20815 box_end - e-TeX sparse arrays +var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode} +@y +var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode} +@!a:small_number; {global prefix} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME: might not work this way +@x [47] m.1077 l.20853 - e-TeX sparse arrays +if box_context<box_flag+number_regs then + eq_define(box_base-box_flag+box_context,box_ref,cur_box) +else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-number_regs+box_context,box_ref,cur_box) +@y +begin if box_context<global_box_flag then + begin cur_val:=box_context-box_flag; a:=0; + end +else begin cur_val:=box_context-global_box_flag; a:=4; + end; +if cur_val<256 then define(box_base+cur_val,box_ref,cur_box) +else sa_def_box; +end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1079 l.20885 begin_box - e-TeX sparse arrays +@!n:eight_bits; {a box number} +begin case cur_chr of +box_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=box(cur_val); + set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); + {the box becomes void, at the same level} + end; +copy_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=copy_node_list(box(cur_val)); +@y +@!n:halfword; {a box number} +begin case cur_chr of +box_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(cur_box); + set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); + {the box becomes void, at the same level} + end; +copy_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(q); cur_box:=copy_node_list(q); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [47] m.1080 l.20901 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% since |head| is a one-word node. +% @y +% since |head| is a one-word node. +% A final \.{\\endM} node is temporarily removed. +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [47] m.1080 l.20914 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% if (type(tail)=hlist_node)or(type(tail)=vlist_node) then +% @<Remove the last box, unless it's part of a discretionary@>; +% @y +% begin if (type(tail)=math_node)and(subtype(tail)=end_M_code) then +% remove_end_M; +% if (type(tail)=hlist_node)or(type(tail)=vlist_node) then +% @<Remove the last box, unless it's part of a discretionary@>; +% if LR_temp<>null then insert_end_M; +% end; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1082 l.20935 - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin scan_eight_bit_int; n:=cur_val; +@y +begin scan_register_num; n:=cur_val; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [47] m.1096 l.21119 - e-TeX penalties, TeXXeT +% else line_break(widow_penalty); +% @y +% else line_break(false); +% if LR_save<>null then +% begin flush_list(LR_save); LR_save:=null; +% end; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1101 l.21175 make_mark - e-TeX marks +begin p:=scan_toks(false,true); p:=get_node(small_node_size); +@y +@!c:halfword; {the mark class} +begin if cur_chr=0 then c:=0 +else begin scan_register_num; c:=cur_val; + end; +p:=scan_toks(false,true); p:=get_node(small_node_size); +mark_class(p):=c; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [47] m.1105 l.21203 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% will be deleted, if present. +% @y +% will be deleted, if present. +% A final \.{\\endM} node is temporarily removed. +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [47] m.1105 l.21213 delete_last - e-TeX TeXXeT +% else begin if not is_char_node(tail) then if type(tail)=cur_chr then +% @y +% else begin if not is_char_node(tail) then +% begin if (type(tail)=math_node)and(subtype(tail)=end_M_code) then +% remove_end_M; +% if type(tail)=cur_chr then +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [47] m.1105 l.21224 delete_last - e-TeX TeXXeT +% end; +% @y +% if LR_temp<>null then insert_end_M; +% end; +% end; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1108 l.21262 - e-TeX saved_items +un_vbox: if chr_code=copy_code then print_esc("unvcopy") +@y +un_vbox: if chr_code=copy_code then print_esc("unvcopy") + @<Cases of |un_vbox| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1110 l.21272 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items +label exit; +@y +label done, exit; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1110 l.21275 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items, sparse arrays +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val); +@y +begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>; +c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME: might be incompatible +@x [47] m.1110 l.21287 unpackage - e-TeX sparse arrays +else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p); +set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); +@y +else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p); +change_box(null); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [47] m.1110 l.21290 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items +while link(tail)<>null do tail:=link(tail); +@y +done: +while link(tail)<>null do tail:=link(tail); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [47] m.1130 l.21562 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% vmode+halign,hmode+valign:init_align; +% @y +% vmode+halign:init_align; +% hmode+valign:@<Cases of |main_control| for |hmode+valign|@>@; init_align; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1138 l.21629 init_math - e-TeX TeXXeT +% procedure init_math; +% label reswitch,found,not_found,done; +% var w:scaled; {new or partial |pre_display_size|} +% @y +% @t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |init_math|@>@; +% procedure init_math; +% label reswitch,found,not_found,done; +% var w:scaled; {new or partial |pre_display_size|} +% @!j:pointer; {prototype box for display} +% @!x:integer; {new |pre_display_direction|} +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1145 l.21687 - e-TeX TeXXeT, penalties +% begin if head=tail then {`\.{\\noindent\$\$}' or `\.{\$\${ }\$\$}'} +% begin pop_nest; w:=-max_dimen; +% end +% else begin line_break(display_widow_penalty);@/ +% @y +% begin j:=null; w:=-max_dimen; +% if head=tail then {`\.{\\noindent\$\$}' or `\.{\$\${ }\$\$}'} +% @<Prepare for display after an empty paragraph@> +% else begin line_break(true);@/ +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1145 l.21700 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% eq_word_define(dimen_base+pre_display_size_code,w); +% @y +% eq_word_define(dimen_base+pre_display_size_code,w); +% LR_box:=j; +% if eTeX_ex then eq_word_define(int_base+pre_display_direction_code,x); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1146 l.21708 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% v:=shift_amount(just_box)+2*quad(cur_font); w:=-max_dimen; +% p:=list_ptr(just_box); +% @y +% @<Prepare for display after a non-empty paragraph@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1146 l.21723 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% done: +% @y +% done: +% @<Finish the natural width computation@> +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1147 l.21734 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% kern_node,math_node: d:=width(p); +% @y +% kern_node: d:=width(p); +% @t\4@>@<Cases of `Let |d| be the natural width' that need special treatment@>@; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [48] m.1185 l.22243 - e-TeX middle + if type(q)<>left_noad then confusion("right"); +@:this can't happen right}{\quad right@> + info(numerator(incompleat_noad)):=link(q); + link(q):=incompleat_noad; link(incompleat_noad):=p; +@y + if (type(q)<>left_noad)or(delim_ptr=null) then confusion("right"); +@:this can't happen right}{\quad right@> + info(numerator(incompleat_noad)):=link(delim_ptr); + link(delim_ptr):=incompleat_noad; link(incompleat_noad):=p; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [48] m.1189 l.22288 - e-TeX middle +else print_esc("right"); +@y +@/@<Cases of |left_right| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ +else print_esc("right"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [48] m.1191 l.22297 math_left_right - e-TeX middle +begin t:=cur_chr; +if (t=right_noad)and(cur_group<>math_left_group) then +@y +@!q:pointer; {resulting mlist} +begin t:=cur_chr; +if (t<>left_noad)and(cur_group<>math_left_group) then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% FIXME: might be incompatible? +@x [48] m.1191 l.22302 math_left_right - e-TeX middle + if t=left_noad then + begin push_math(math_left_group); link(head):=p; tail:=p; + end + else begin p:=fin_mlist(p); + @<DIR: |unsave| math@>; {end of |math_left_group|} +@y + if t=middle_noad then + begin type(p):=right_noad; subtype(p):=middle_noad; + end; + if t=left_noad then q:=p + else begin q:=fin_mlist(p); + @<DIR: |unsave| math@>; {end of |math_left_group|} + end; + if t<>right_noad then + begin push_math(math_left_group); link(head):=q; tail:=p; + delim_ptr:=p; + end + else begin +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [48] m.1191 l.22308 math_left_right - e-TeX middle + info(nucleus(tail)):=p; +@y + info(nucleus(tail)):=q; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [48] m.1192 l.22316 - e-TeX middle + print_err("Extra "); print_esc("right"); +@.Extra \\right.@> + help1("I'm ignoring a \right that had no matching \left."); +@y + print_err("Extra "); + if t=middle_noad then + begin print_esc("middle"); +@.Extra \\middle.@> + help1("I'm ignoring a \middle that had no matching \left."); + end + else begin print_esc("right"); +@.Extra \\right.@> + help1("I'm ignoring a \right that had no matching \left."); + end; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1194 l.22331 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT +% procedure after_math; +% @y +% @t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |after_math|@>@; +% procedure after_math; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1194 l.22338 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT +% begin danger:=false; +% @y +% begin danger:=false; +% @<Retrieve the prototype box@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1194 l.22345 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT +% mlist_to_hlist; a:=hpack(link(temp_head),natural); +% @y +% mlist_to_hlist; a:=hpack(link(temp_head),natural); +% subtype(a):=dlist; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1194 l.22348 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT +% danger:=false; +% @y +% danger:=false; +% @<Retrieve the prototype box@>; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1199 l.22435 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% w:=width(b); z:=display_width; s:=display_indent; +% @y +% w:=width(b); z:=display_width; s:=display_indent; +% if pre_display_direction<0 then s:=-s-z; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1199 l.22450 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% resume_after_display +% @y +% @<Flush the prototype box@>; +% resume_after_display +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1202 l.22492 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% d:=half(z-w); +% @y +% subtype(b):=dlist; +% d:=half(z-w); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1203 l.22513 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% begin shift_amount(a):=s; append_to_vlist(a); +% @y +% begin app_display(j,a,0); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1204 l.22528 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% shift_amount(b):=s+d; append_to_vlist(b) +% @y +% app_display(j,b,d) +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1205 l.22533 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% shift_amount(a):=s+z-width(a); +% append_to_vlist(a); +% @y +% app_display(j,a,z-width(a)); +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +% @x [48] m.1206 l.22552 - e-TeX TeXXeT +% pop_nest; +% @y +% flush_node_list(LR_box); +% pop_nest; +% @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1208 l.22577 - e-TeX protected +control sequence can be defined to be `\.{\\long}' or `\.{\\outer}', and +it might or might not be expanded. The prefixes `\.{\\global}', `\.{\\long}', +@y +control sequence can be defined to be `\.{\\long}', `\.{\\protected}', +or `\.{\\outer}', and it might or might not be expanded. The prefixes +`\.{\\global}', `\.{\\long}', `\.{\\protected}', +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1209 l.22603 - e-TeX protected + else print_esc("global"); +@y + @/@<Cases of |prefix| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ + else print_esc("global"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1211 l.22665 prefixed_command - e-TeX tracing + @<Discard erroneous prefixes and |return|@>; +@y + @<Discard erroneous prefixes and |return|@>; + if tracing_commands>2 then if eTeX_ex then show_cur_cmd_chr; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1213 l.22686 - e-TeX protected +if (cur_cmd<>def)and(a mod 4<>0) then +@y +if a>=8 then + begin j:=protected_token; a:=a-8; + end +else j:=0; +if (cur_cmd<>def)and((a mod 4<>0)or(j<>0)) then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1218 l.22749 - e-TeX protected + q:=scan_toks(true,e); define(p,call+(a mod 4),def_ref); +@y + q:=scan_toks(true,e); + if j<>0 then + begin q:=get_avail; info(q):=j; link(q):=link(def_ref); + link(def_ref):=q; + end; + define(p,call+(a mod 4),def_ref); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1224 l.22840 - e-TeX sparse arrays + othercases begin scan_eight_bit_int; +@y + othercases begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin j:=n-count_def_code; {|int_val..box_val|} + if j>mu_val then j:=tok_val; {|int_val..mu_val| or |tok_val|} + find_sa_element(j,cur_val,true); add_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + if j=tok_val then j:=toks_register@+else j:=register; + define(p,j,cur_ptr); + end + else +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1225 l.22853 - e-TeX read_line +read_to_cs: begin scan_int; n:=cur_val; +@y +read_to_cs: begin j:=cur_chr; scan_int; n:=cur_val; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1225 l.22861 - e-TeX read_line + p:=cur_cs; read_toks(n,p); define(p,call,cur_val); +@y + p:=cur_cs; read_toks(n,p,j); define(p,call,cur_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1226 l.22870 - e-TeX sparse arrays + if cur_cmd=toks_register then + begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=toks_base+cur_val; + end + else p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots} +@y + e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements} + if cur_cmd=toks_register then + if cur_chr=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,true); + cur_chr:=cur_ptr; e:=true; + end + else cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val; + end + else e:=true; + p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1226 l.22880 - e-TeX sparse arrays + begin define(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref); + end + else begin if p=output_routine_loc then {enclose in curlies} +@y + begin sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref); + end + else begin if (p=output_routine_loc)and not e then {enclose in curlies} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1226 l.22888 - e-TeX sparse arrays + define(p,call,def_ref); +@y + sa_define(p,def_ref)(p,call,def_ref); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1227 l.22893 - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then + begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_cmd:=assign_toks; cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val; + end; +if cur_cmd=assign_toks then + begin q:=equiv(cur_chr); + if q=null then define(p,undefined_cs,null) + else begin add_token_ref(q); define(p,call,q); + end; + goto done; + end; +end +@y +if (cur_cmd=toks_register)or(cur_cmd=assign_toks) then + begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then + if cur_chr=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val<256 then q:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then q:=null + else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end; + end + else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr) + else q:=equiv(cur_chr); + if q=null then sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null) + else begin add_token_ref(q); sa_define(p,q)(p,call,q); + end; + goto done; + end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1236 l.23009 do_register_command - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin q:=cur_cmd; +@y +@!e:boolean; {does |l| refer to a sparse array element?} +@!w:integer; {integer or dimen value of |l|} +begin q:=cur_cmd; +e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1236 l.23024 do_register_command - e-TeX sparse arrays +if p<glue_val then word_define(l,cur_val) +else begin trap_zero_glue; define(l,glue_ref,cur_val); +@y +if p<glue_val then sa_word_define(l,cur_val) +else begin trap_zero_glue; sa_define(l,cur_val)(l,glue_ref,cur_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1237 l.23046 - e-TeX sparse arrays +p:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; +@y +if (cur_chr<mem_bot)or(cur_chr>lo_mem_stat_max) then + begin l:=cur_chr; p:=sa_type(l); e:=true; + end +else begin p:=cur_chr-mem_bot; scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(p,cur_val,true); l:=cur_ptr; e:=true; + end + else +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1237 l.23053 - e-TeX sparse arrays +end; +found: +@y + end; +end; +found: if p<glue_val then@+if e then w:=sa_int(l)@+else w:=new_eqtb_int(l); +else if e then s:=sa_ptr(l)@+else s:=equiv(l) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1238 l.23059 - e-TeX sparse arrays + if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+new_eqtb_int(l); +@y + if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+w; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1239 l.23066 - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=equiv(l); +@y +begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=s; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1240 l.23086 - e-TeX sparse arrays + if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val) + else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val,0) + else cur_val:=x_over_n(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val) +else begin s:=equiv(l); r:=new_spec(s); +@y + if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(w,cur_val) + else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(w,cur_val,0) + else cur_val:=x_over_n(w,cur_val) +else begin r:=new_spec(s); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1241 l.23108 - e-TeX sparse arrays +set_box: begin scan_eight_bit_int; + if global then n:=number_regs+cur_val@+else n:=cur_val; + scan_optional_equals; + if set_box_allowed then scan_box(box_flag+n) +@y +set_box: begin scan_register_num; + if global then n:=global_box_flag+cur_val@+else n:=box_flag+cur_val; + scan_optional_equals; + if set_box_allowed then scan_box(n) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1246 l.23179 alter_integer - e-TeX interaction_mode +var c:0..1; {0 for \.{\\deadcycles}, 1 for \.{\\insertpenalties}} +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int; +if c=0 then dead_cycles:=cur_val +@y +var c:small_number; + {0 for \.{\\deadcycles}, 1 for \.{\\insertpenalties}, etc.} +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int; +if c=0 then dead_cycles:=cur_val +@/@<Cases for |alter_integer|@>@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1247 l.23188 alter_box_dimen - e-TeX sparse arrays +@!b:eight_bits; {box number} +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; b:=cur_val; scan_optional_equals; +scan_normal_dimen; +if box(b)<>null then mem[box(b)+c].sc:=cur_val; +@y +@!b:pointer; {box register} +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(b); scan_optional_equals; +scan_normal_dimen; +if b<>null then mem[b+c].sc:=cur_val; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1248 l.23197 - e-TeX penalties +set_shape: begin scan_optional_equals; scan_int; n:=cur_val; + if n<=0 then p:=null +@y +set_shape: begin q:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int; n:=cur_val; + if n<=0 then p:=null + else if q>par_shape_loc then + begin n:=(cur_val div 2)+1; p:=get_node(2*n+1); info(p):=n; + n:=cur_val; mem[p+1].int:=n; {number of penalties} + for j:=p+2 to p+n+1 do + begin scan_int; mem[j].int:=cur_val; {penalty values} + end; + if not odd(n) then mem[p+n+2].int:=0; {unused} + end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1248 l.23207 - e-TeX penalties + define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,p); +@y + define(q,shape_ref,p); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1292 l.23581 - e-TeX show_groups + show_lists:print_esc("showlists"); +@y + show_lists:print_esc("showlists"); + @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@;@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1293 l.23588 show_whatever - e-TeX show_ifs +var p:pointer; {tail of a token list to show} +@y +var p:pointer; {tail of a token list to show} +@!t:small_number; {type of conditional being shown} +@!m:normal..or_code; {upper bound on |fi_or_else| codes} +@!l:integer; {line where that conditional began} +@!n:integer; {level of \.{\\if...\\fi} nesting} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1293 l.23594 show_whatever - e-TeX show_groups +othercases @<Show the current value of some parameter or register, +@y +@<Cases for |show_whatever|@>@;@/ +othercases @<Show the current value of some parameter or register, +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1295 l.23629 - e-TeX protected +call: print("macro"); +long_call: print_esc("long macro"); +outer_call: print_esc("outer macro"); +long_outer_call: begin print_esc("long"); print_esc("outer macro"); +@y +call,long_call,outer_call,long_outer_call: begin n:=cmd-call; + if info(link(chr_code))=protected_token then n:=n+4; + if odd(n div 4) then print_esc("protected"); + if odd(n) then print_esc("long"); + if odd(n div 2) then print_esc("outer"); + if n>0 then print_char(" "); + print("macro"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1296 l.23637 - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin scan_eight_bit_int; begin_diagnostic; +print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("="); +if box(cur_val)=null then print("void") +else show_box(box(cur_val)); +@y +begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); begin_diagnostic; +print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("="); +if p=null then print("void")@+else show_box(p); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [50] m.1307 l.23779 - e-TeX basic +dump_int(@$);@/ +@y +dump_int(@$);@/ +@<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [50] m.1308 l.23794 - e-TeX basic +if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same} +@y +if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same} +@/@<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [50] m.1311 l.23848 - e-TeX sparse arrays +dump_int(lo_mem_max); dump_int(rover); +@y +dump_int(lo_mem_max); dump_int(rover); +if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do dump_int(sa_root[k]); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [50] m.1312 l.23871 - e-TeX sparse arrays +undump(lo_mem_stat_max+1)(lo_mem_max)(rover); +@y +undump(lo_mem_stat_max+1)(lo_mem_max)(rover); +if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do + undump(null)(lo_mem_max)(sa_root[k]); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [50] m.1324 l.24065 - e-TeX hyph_codes +dump_int(trie_max); +@y +dump_int(trie_max); +dump_int(hyph_start); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [50] m.1325 l.24093 - e-TeX hyph_codes +undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); @+init trie_max:=j;@+tini +@y +undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); @+init trie_max:=j;@+tini +undump(0)(j)(hyph_start); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [51] m.1335 l.24313 final_cleanup - tracing + print_int(cur_level-level_one); print_char(")"); +@y + print_int(cur_level-level_one); print_char(")"); + if eTeX_ex then show_save_groups; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [51] m.1335 l.24336 final_cleanup - e-TeX marks, saved_items + if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]); +@y + if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]); + if sa_mark<>null then + if do_marks(destroy_marks,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null; + for c:=last_box_code to vsplit_code do flush_node_list(disc_ptr[c]); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [51] m.1336 l.24345 ] m.1336 l.24340 init_prim - e-TeX basic +begin no_new_control_sequence:=false; +@y +begin no_new_control_sequence:=false; +first:=0; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [51] m.1337 l.24360 - e-TeX basic +if (format_ident=0)or(buffer[loc]="&") then +@y +@<Enable \eTeX, if requested@>@;@/ +if (format_ident=0)or(buffer[loc]="&") then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [51] m.1337 l.24368 - e-TeX basic + end; +@y + end; +if eTeX_ex then wterm_ln('entering extended mode'); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [53] m.1363 l.24715 - e-TeX hyph_codes +adv_past(s) +@y +if subtype(s)=language_node then + begin cur_lang:=what_lang(s); l_hyf:=what_lhm(s); r_hyf:=what_rhm(s); + set_hyph_index; + end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [54] m.1379 l.24903 - e-TeX additions +@* \[54] System-dependent changes. +@y +@* \[53a] The extended features of \eTeX. +The program has two modes of operation: (1)~In \TeX\ compatibility mode +it fully deserves the name \TeX\ and there are neither extended features +nor additional primitive commands. There are, however, a few +modifications that would be legitimate in any implementation of \TeX\ +such as, e.g., preventing inadequate results of the glue to \.{DVI} +unit conversion during |ship_out|. (2)~In extended mode there are +additional primitive commands and the extended features of \eTeX\ are +available. + +The distinction between these two modes of operation initially takes +place when a `virgin' \.{eINITEX} starts without reading a format file. +Later on the values of all \eTeX\ state variables are inherited when +\.{eVIRTEX} (or \.{eINITEX}) reads a format file. + +The code below is designed to work for cases where `$|init|\ldots|tini|$' +is a run-time switch. + +@<Enable \eTeX, if requested@>= +@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INITEX)") then + begin no_new_control_sequence:=false; + @<Generate all \eTeX\ primitives@>@; + incr(loc); eTeX_mode:=1; {enter extended mode} + @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ extended mode@>@; + end; +tini@;@/ +if not no_new_control_sequence then {just entered extended mode ?} + no_new_control_sequence:=true@+else + +@ The \eTeX\ features available in extended mode are grouped into two +categories: (1)~Some of them are permanently enabled and have no +semantic effect as long as none of the additional primitives are +executed. (2)~The remaining \eTeX\ features are optional and can be +individually enabled and disabled. For each optional feature there is +an \eTeX\ state variable named \.{\\...state}; the feature is enabled, +resp.\ disabled by assigning a positive, resp.\ non-positive value to +that integer. + +@d eTeX_state_base=int_base+eTeX_state_code +@d eTeX_state(#)==eqtb[eTeX_state_base+#].int {an \eTeX\ state variable} +@# +@d eTeX_version_code=eTeX_int {code for \.{\\eTeXversion}} +@d eTeX_revision_code=6 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("lastnodetype",last_item,last_node_type_code); +@!@:last_node_type_}{\.{\\lastnodetype} primitive@> +primitive("eTeXversion",last_item,eTeX_version_code); +@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eTeXversion} primitive@> +primitive("eTeXrevision",convert,eTeX_revision_code);@/ +@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eTeXrevision} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +last_node_type_code: print_esc("lastnodetype"); +eTeX_version_code: print_esc("eTeXversion"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>= +eTeX_version_code: cur_val:=eTeX_version; + +@ @<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +eTeX_revision_code: print_esc("eTeXrevision"); + +@ @<Cases of `Scan the argument for command |c|'@>= +eTeX_revision_code: do_nothing; + +@ @<Cases of `Print the result of command |c|'@>= +eTeX_revision_code: print(eTeX_revision); + +@ @d eTeX_ex==(eTeX_mode=1) {is this extended mode?} + +@<Glob...@>= +@!eTeX_mode: 0..1; {identifies compatibility and extended mode} + +@ @<Initialize table entries...@>= +eTeX_mode:=0; {initially we are in compatibility mode} +@<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ compatibility mode@>@; + +@ @<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>= +dump_int(eTeX_mode); +for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do eTeX_state(j):=0; {disable all enhancements} + +@ @<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>= +undump(0)(1)(eTeX_mode); +if eTeX_ex then + begin @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ extended mode@>@; + end +else begin @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ compatibility mode@>@; + end; + +@ The |eTeX_enabled| function simply returns its first argument as +result. This argument is |true| if an optional \eTeX\ feature is +currently enabled; otherwise, if the argument is |false|, the function +gives an error message. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>= +function eTeX_enabled(@!b:boolean;@!j:quarterword;@!k:halfword):boolean; +begin if not b then + begin print_err("Improper "); print_cmd_chr(j,k); + help1("Sorry, this optional e-TeX feature has been disabled."); error; + end; +eTeX_enabled:=b; +end; + +@ First we implement the additional \eTeX\ parameters in the table of +equivalents. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("everyeof",assign_toks,every_eof_loc); +@!@:every_eof_}{\.{\\everyeof} primitive@> +primitive("tracingassigns",assign_int,int_base+tracing_assigns_code);@/ +@!@:tracing_assigns_}{\.{\\tracingassigns} primitive@> +primitive("tracinggroups",assign_int,int_base+tracing_groups_code);@/ +@!@:tracing_groups_}{\.{\\tracinggroups} primitive@> +primitive("tracingifs",assign_int,int_base+tracing_ifs_code);@/ +@!@:tracing_ifs_}{\.{\\tracingifs} primitive@> +primitive("tracingscantokens",assign_int,int_base+tracing_scan_tokens_code);@/ +@!@:tracing_scan_tokens_}{\.{\\tracingscantokens} primitive@> +primitive("tracingnesting",assign_int,int_base+tracing_nesting_code);@/ +@!@:tracing_nesting_}{\.{\\tracingnesting} primitive@> +{ FIXME: the next two should be commented } +primitive("predisplaydirection", + assign_int,int_base+pre_display_direction_code);@/ +@!@:pre_display_direction_}{\.{\\predisplaydirection} primitive@> +primitive("lastlinefit",assign_int,int_base+last_line_fit_code);@/ +@!@:last_line_fit_}{\.{\\lastlinefit} primitive@> +primitive("savingvdiscards",assign_int,int_base+saving_vdiscards_code);@/ +@!@:saving_vdiscards_}{\.{\\savingvdiscards} primitive@> +primitive("savinghyphcodes",assign_int,int_base+saving_hyph_codes_code);@/ +@!@:saving_hyph_codes_}{\.{\\savinghyphcodes} primitive@> + +@ @d every_eof==equiv(every_eof_loc) + +@<Cases of |assign_toks| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +every_eof_loc: print_esc("everyeof"); + +@ @<Cases for |print_param|@>= +tracing_assigns_code:print_esc("tracingassigns"); +tracing_groups_code:print_esc("tracinggroups"); +tracing_ifs_code:print_esc("tracingifs"); +tracing_scan_tokens_code:print_esc("tracingscantokens"); +tracing_nesting_code:print_esc("tracingnesting"); +{ FIXME: the next one should be commented } +pre_display_direction_code:print_esc("predisplaydirection"); +last_line_fit_code:print_esc("lastlinefit"); +saving_vdiscards_code:print_esc("savingvdiscards"); +saving_hyph_codes_code:print_esc("savinghyphcodes"); + +@ In order to handle \.{\\everyeof} we need an array |eof_seen| of +boolean variables. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!eof_seen : array[1..max_in_open] of boolean; {has eof been seen?} + +@ The |print_group| procedure prints the current level of grouping and +the name corresponding to |cur_group|. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure print_group(@!e:boolean); +label exit; +begin case cur_group of + bottom_level: begin print("bottom level"); return; + end; + simple_group,semi_simple_group: + begin if cur_group=semi_simple_group then print("semi "); + print("simple"); + end; + hbox_group,adjusted_hbox_group: + begin if cur_group=adjusted_hbox_group then print("adjusted "); + print("hbox"); + end; + vbox_group: print("vbox"); + vtop_group: print("vtop"); + align_group,no_align_group: + begin if cur_group=no_align_group then print("no "); + print("align"); + end; + output_group: print("output"); + disc_group: print("disc"); + insert_group: print("insert"); + vcenter_group: print("vcenter"); + math_group,math_choice_group,math_shift_group,math_left_group: + begin print("math"); + if cur_group=math_choice_group then print(" choice") + else if cur_group=math_shift_group then print(" shift") + else if cur_group=math_left_group then print(" left"); + end; + end; {there are no other cases} +print(" group (level "); print_int(qo(cur_level)); print_char(")"); +if saved(-1)<>0 then + begin if e then print(" entered at line ") else print(" at line "); + print_int(saved(-1)); + end; +exit:end; + +@ The |group_trace| procedure is called when a new level of grouping +begins (|e=false|) or ends (|e=true|) with |saved(-1)| containing the +line number. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +@!stat procedure group_trace(@!e:boolean); +begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); +if e then print("leaving ") else print("entering "); +print_group(e); print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false); +end; +tats + +@ The \.{\\currentgrouplevel} and \.{\\currentgrouptype} commands return +the current level of grouping and the type of the current group +respectively. + +@d current_group_level_code=eTeX_int+1 {code for \.{\\currentgrouplevel}} +@d current_group_type_code=eTeX_int+2 {code for \.{\\currentgrouptype}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("currentgrouplevel",last_item,current_group_level_code); +@!@:current_group_level_}{\.{\\currentgrouplevel} primitive@> +primitive("currentgrouptype",last_item,current_group_type_code); +@!@:current_group_type_}{\.{\\currentgrouptype} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +current_group_level_code: print_esc("currentgrouplevel"); +current_group_type_code: print_esc("currentgrouptype"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>= +current_group_level_code: cur_val:=cur_level-level_one; +current_group_type_code: cur_val:=cur_group; + +@ The \.{\\currentiflevel}, \.{\\currentiftype}, and +\.{\\currentifbranch} commands return the current level of conditionals +and the type and branch of the current conditional. + +@d current_if_level_code=eTeX_int+3 {code for \.{\\currentiflevel}} +@d current_if_type_code=eTeX_int+4 {code for \.{\\currentiftype}} +@d current_if_branch_code=eTeX_int+5 {code for \.{\\currentifbranch}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("currentiflevel",last_item,current_if_level_code); +@!@:current_if_level_}{\.{\\currentiflevel} primitive@> +primitive("currentiftype",last_item,current_if_type_code); +@!@:current_if_type_}{\.{\\currentiftype} primitive@> +primitive("currentifbranch",last_item,current_if_branch_code); +@!@:current_if_branch_}{\.{\\currentifbranch} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +current_if_level_code: print_esc("currentiflevel"); +current_if_type_code: print_esc("currentiftype"); +current_if_branch_code: print_esc("currentifbranch"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>= +current_if_level_code: begin q:=cond_ptr; cur_val:=0; + while q<>null do + begin incr(cur_val); q:=link(q); + end; + end; +current_if_type_code: if cond_ptr=null then cur_val:=0 + else if cur_if<unless_code then cur_val:=cur_if+1 + else cur_val:=-(cur_if-unless_code+1); +current_if_branch_code: + if (if_limit=or_code)or(if_limit=else_code) then cur_val:=1 + else if if_limit=fi_code then cur_val:=-1 + else cur_val:=0; + +@ The \.{\\fontcharwd}, \.{\\fontcharht}, \.{\\fontchardp}, and +\.{\\fontcharic} commands return information about a character in a +font. + +@d font_char_wd_code=eTeX_dim {code for \.{\\fontcharwd}} +@d font_char_ht_code=eTeX_dim+1 {code for \.{\\fontcharht}} +@d font_char_dp_code=eTeX_dim+2 {code for \.{\\fontchardp}} +@d font_char_ic_code=eTeX_dim+3 {code for \.{\\fontcharic}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("fontcharwd",last_item,font_char_wd_code); +@!@:font_char_wd_}{\.{\\fontcharwd} primitive@> +primitive("fontcharht",last_item,font_char_ht_code); +@!@:font_char_ht_}{\.{\\fontcharht} primitive@> +primitive("fontchardp",last_item,font_char_dp_code); +@!@:font_char_dp_}{\.{\\fontchardp} primitive@> +primitive("fontcharic",last_item,font_char_ic_code); +@!@:font_char_ic_}{\.{\\fontcharic} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +font_char_wd_code: print_esc("fontcharwd"); +font_char_ht_code: print_esc("fontcharht"); +font_char_dp_code: print_esc("fontchardp"); +font_char_ic_code: print_esc("fontcharic"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>= +font_char_wd_code, +font_char_ht_code, +font_char_dp_code, +font_char_ic_code: begin scan_font_ident; q:=cur_val; scan_char_num; + if (font_bc(q)<=cur_val)and(font_ec(q)>=cur_val) then + begin i:=char_info(q)(qi(cur_val)); + case m of + font_char_wd_code: cur_val:=char_width(q)(i); + font_char_ht_code: cur_val:=char_height(q)(height_depth(i)); + font_char_dp_code: cur_val:=char_depth(q)(height_depth(i)); + font_char_ic_code: cur_val:=char_italic(q)(i); + end; {there are no other cases} + end + else cur_val:=0; + end; + +@ The \.{\\parshapedimen}, \.{\\parshapeindent}, and \.{\\parshapelength} +commands return the indent and length parameters of the current +\.{\\parshape} specification. + +@d par_shape_length_code=eTeX_dim+4 {code for \.{\\parshapelength}} +@d par_shape_indent_code=eTeX_dim+5 {code for \.{\\parshapeindent}} +@d par_shape_dimen_code=eTeX_dim+6 {code for \.{\\parshapedimen}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("parshapelength",last_item,par_shape_length_code); +@!@:par_shape_length_}{\.{\\parshapelength} primitive@> +primitive("parshapeindent",last_item,par_shape_indent_code); +@!@:par_shape_indent_}{\.{\\parshapeindent} primitive@> +primitive("parshapedimen",last_item,par_shape_dimen_code); +@!@:par_shape_dimen_}{\.{\\parshapedimen} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +par_shape_length_code: print_esc("parshapelength"); +par_shape_indent_code: print_esc("parshapeindent"); +par_shape_dimen_code: print_esc("parshapedimen"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>= +par_shape_length_code, +par_shape_indent_code, +par_shape_dimen_code: begin q:=cur_chr-par_shape_length_code; scan_int; + if (par_shape_ptr=null)or(cur_val<=0) then cur_val:=0 + else begin if q=2 then + begin q:=cur_val mod 2; cur_val:=(cur_val+q)div 2; + end; + if cur_val>info(par_shape_ptr) then cur_val:=info(par_shape_ptr); + cur_val:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*cur_val-q].sc; + end; + cur_val_level:=dimen_val; + end; + +@ The \.{\\showgroups} command displays all currently active grouping +levels. + +@d show_groups=4 { \.{\\showgroups} } + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("showgroups",xray,show_groups); +@!@:show_groups_}{\.{\\showgroups} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +show_groups:print_esc("showgroups"); + +@ @<Cases for |show_whatever|@>= +show_groups: begin begin_diagnostic; show_save_groups; + end; + +@ @<Types...@>= +@!save_pointer=0..save_size; {index into |save_stack|} + +@ The modifications of \TeX\ required for the display produced by the +|show_save_groups| procedure were first discussed by Donald~E. Knuth in +{\sl TUGboat\/} {\bf 11}, 165--170 and 499--511, 1990. +@^Knuth, Donald Ervin@> + +In order to understand a group type we also have to know its mode. +Since unrestricted horizontal modes are not associated with grouping, +they are skipped when traversing the semantic nest. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>= +procedure show_save_groups; +label found1,found2,found,done; +var p:0..nest_size; {index into |nest|} +@!m:-mmode..mmode; {mode} +@!v:save_pointer; {saved value of |save_ptr|} +@!l:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_level|} +@!c:group_code; {saved value of |cur_group|} +@!a:-1..1; {to keep track of alignments} +@!i:integer; +@!j:quarterword; +@!s:str_number; +begin p:=nest_ptr; nest[p]:=cur_list; {put the top level into the array} +v:=save_ptr; l:=cur_level; c:=cur_group; +save_ptr:=cur_boundary; decr(cur_level);@/ +a:=1; +print_nl(""); print_ln; +loop@+begin print_nl("### "); print_group(true); + if cur_group=bottom_level then goto done; + repeat m:=nest[p].mode_field; + if p>0 then decr(p) else m:=vmode; + until m<>hmode; + print(" ("); + case cur_group of + simple_group: begin incr(p); goto found2; + end; + hbox_group,adjusted_hbox_group: s:="hbox"; + vbox_group: s:="vbox"; + vtop_group: s:="vtop"; + align_group: if a=0 then + begin if m=-vmode then s:="halign" else s:="valign"; + a:=1; goto found1; + end + else begin if a=1 then print("align entry") else print_esc("cr"); + if p>=a then p:=p-a; + a:=0; goto found; + end; + no_align_group: + begin incr(p); a:=-1; print_esc("noalign"); goto found2; + end; + output_group: + begin print_esc("output"); goto found; + end; + math_group: goto found2; + disc_group,math_choice_group: + begin if cur_group=disc_group then print_esc("discretionary") + else print_esc("mathchoice"); + for i:=1 to 3 do if i<=saved(-2) then print("{}"); + goto found2; + end; + insert_group: + begin if saved(-2)=255 then print_esc("vadjust") + else begin print_esc("insert"); print_int(saved(-2)); + end; + goto found2; + end; + vcenter_group: begin s:="vcenter"; goto found1; + end; + semi_simple_group: begin incr(p); print_esc("begingroup"); goto found; + end; + math_shift_group: + begin if m=mmode then print_char("$") + else if nest[p].mode_field=mmode then + begin print_cmd_chr(eq_no,saved(-2)); goto found; + end; + print_char("$"); goto found; + end; + math_left_group: + begin if type(nest[p+1].eTeX_aux_field)=left_noad then print_esc("left") + else print_esc("middle"); + goto found; + end; + end; {there are no other cases} + @<Show the box context@>; + found1: print_esc(s); @<Show the box packaging info@>; + found2: print_char("{"); + found: print_char(")"); decr(cur_level); + cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); save_ptr:=save_index(save_ptr) + end; +done: save_ptr:=v; cur_level:=l; cur_group:=c; +end; + +@ @<Show the box packaging info@>= +if saved(-2)<>0 then + begin print_char(" "); + if saved(-3)=exactly then print("to") else print("spread"); + print_scaled(saved(-2)); print("pt"); + end + +@ @<Show the box context@>= +i:=saved(-4); +if i<>0 then + if i<box_flag then + begin if abs(nest[p].mode_field)=vmode then j:=hmove else j:=vmove; + if i>0 then print_cmd_chr(j,0) else print_cmd_chr(j,1); + print_scaled(abs(i)); print("pt"); + end + else if i<ship_out_flag then + begin if i>=global_box_flag then + begin print_esc("global"); i:=i-(global_box_flag-box_flag); + end; + print_esc("setbox"); print_int(i-box_flag); print_char("="); + end + else print_cmd_chr(leader_ship,i-(leader_flag-a_leaders)) + +@ The |scan_general_text| procedure is much like |scan_toks(false,false)|, +but will be invoked via |expand|, i.e., recursively. +@^recursion@> + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>= +procedure@?scan_general_text; forward;@t\2@> + +@ The token list (balanced text) created by |scan_general_text| begins +at |link(temp_head)| and ends at |cur_val|. (If |cur_val=temp_head|, +the list is empty.) + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tok...@>= +procedure scan_general_text; +label found; +var s:normal..absorbing; {to save |scanner_status|} +@!w:pointer; {to save |warning_index|} +@!d:pointer; {to save |def_ref|} +@!p:pointer; {tail of the token list being built} +@!q:pointer; {new node being added to the token list via |store_new_token|} +@!unbalance:halfword; {number of unmatched left braces} +begin s:=scanner_status; w:=warning_index; d:=def_ref; +scanner_status:=absorbing; warning_index:=cur_cs; +def_ref:=get_avail; token_ref_count(def_ref):=null; p:=def_ref; +scan_left_brace; {remove the compulsory left brace} +unbalance:=1; +loop@+ begin get_token; + if cur_tok<right_brace_limit then + if cur_cmd<right_brace then incr(unbalance) + else begin decr(unbalance); + if unbalance=0 then goto found; + end; + store_new_token(cur_tok); + end; +found: q:=link(def_ref); free_avail(def_ref); {discard reference count} +if q=null then cur_val:=temp_head @+ else cur_val:=p; +link(temp_head):=q; +scanner_status:=s; warning_index:=w; def_ref:=d; +end; + +@ The \.{\\showtokens} command displays a token list. + +@d show_tokens=5 { \.{\\showtokens} , must be odd! } + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("showtokens",xray,show_tokens); +@!@:show_tokens_}{\.{\\showtokens} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +show_tokens:print_esc("showtokens"); + +@ The \.{\\unexpanded} primitive prevents expansion of tokens much as +the result from \.{\\the} applied to a token variable. The +\.{\\detokenize} primitive converts a token list into a list of +character tokens much as if the token list were written to a file. We +use the fact that the command modifiers for \.{\\unexpanded} and +\.{\\detokenize} are odd whereas those for \.{\\the} and \.{\\showthe} +are even. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("unexpanded",the,1);@/ +@!@:unexpanded_}{\.{\\unexpanded} primitive@> +primitive("detokenize",the,show_tokens);@/ +@!@:detokenize_}{\.{\\detokenize} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |the| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +else if chr_code=1 then print_esc("unexpanded") +else print_esc("detokenize") + +@ @<Handle \.{\\unexpanded} or \.{\\detokenize} and |return|@>= +if odd(cur_chr) then + begin c:=cur_chr; scan_general_text; + if c=1 then the_toks:=cur_val + else begin old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; b:=pool_ptr; + p:=get_avail; link(p):=link(temp_head); + token_show(p); flush_list(p); + selector:=old_setting; the_toks:=str_toks(b); + end; + return; + end + +@ The \.{\\showifs} command displays all currently active conditionals. + +@d show_ifs=6 { \.{\\showifs} } + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("showifs",xray,show_ifs); +@!@:show_ifs_}{\.{\\showifs} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +show_ifs:print_esc("showifs"); + +@ +@d print_if_line(#)==if #<>0 then + begin print(" entered on line "); print_int(#); + end + +@<Cases for |show_whatever|@>= +show_ifs: begin begin_diagnostic; print_nl(""); print_ln; + if cond_ptr=null then + begin print_nl("### "); print("no active conditionals"); + end + else begin p:=cond_ptr; n:=0; + repeat incr(n); p:=link(p);@+until p=null; + p:=cond_ptr; t:=cur_if; l:=if_line; m:=if_limit; + repeat print_nl("### level "); print_int(n); print(": "); + print_cmd_chr(if_test,t); + if m=fi_code then print_esc("else"); + print_if_line(l); + decr(n); t:=subtype(p); l:=if_line_field(p); m:=type(p); p:=link(p); + until p=null; + end; + end; + +@ The \.{\\interactionmode} primitive allows to query and set the +interaction mode. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("interactionmode",set_page_int,2); +@!@:interaction_mode_}{\.{\\interactionmode} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |set_page_int| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +else if chr_code=2 then print_esc("interactionmode") + +@ @<Cases for `Fetch the |dead_cycles| or the |insert_penalties|'@>= +else if m=2 then cur_val:=interaction + +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>= +procedure@?new_interaction; forward;@t\2@> + +@ @<Cases for |alter_integer|@>= +else if c=2 then + begin if (cur_val<batch_mode)or(cur_val>error_stop_mode) then + begin print_err("Bad interaction mode"); +@.Bad interaction mode@> + help2("Modes are 0=batch, 1=nonstop, 2=scroll, and")@/ + ("3=errorstop. Proceed, and I'll ignore this case."); + int_error(cur_val); + end + else begin cur_chr:=cur_val; new_interaction; + end; + end + +@ The |middle| feature of \eTeX\ allows one ore several \.{\\middle} +delimiters to appear between \.{\\left} and \.{\\right}. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("middle",left_right,middle_noad); +@!@:middle_}{\.{\\middle} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |left_right| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +else if chr_code=middle_noad then print_esc("middle") + +@ The |scan_tokens| feature of \eTeX\ defines the \.{\\scantokens} +primitive. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("scantokens",input,2); +@!@:scan_tokens_}{\.{\\scantokens} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |input| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +else if chr_code=2 then print_esc("scantokens") + +@ @<Cases for |input|@>= +else if cur_chr=2 then pseudo_start + +@ The global variable |pseudo_files| is used to maintain a stack of +pseudo files. The |info| field of each pseudo file points to a linked +list of variable size nodes representing lines not yet processed: the +|info| field of the first word contains the size of this node, all the +following words contain ASCII codes. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!pseudo_files:pointer; {stack of pseudo files} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +pseudo_files:=null; + +@ The |pseudo_start| procedure initiates reading from a pseudo file. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure@?pseudo_start; forward;@t\2@> + +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tok...@>= +procedure pseudo_start; +var old_setting:0..max_selector; {holds |selector| setting} +@!s:str_number; {string to be converted into a pseudo file} +@!l,@!m:pool_pointer; {indices into |str_pool|} +@!p,@!q,@!r:pointer; {for list construction} +@!w: four_quarters; {four ASCII codes} +@!nl,@!sz:integer; +begin scan_general_text; +old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; +token_show(temp_head); selector:=old_setting; +flush_list(link(temp_head)); +str_room(1); s:=make_string; +@<Convert string |s| into a new pseudo file@>; +flush_string; +@<Initiate input from new pseudo file@>; +end; + +@ @<Convert string |s| into a new pseudo file@>= +str_pool[pool_ptr]:=si(" "); l:=str_start(s); +nl:=si(new_line_char); +p:=get_avail; q:=p; +while l<pool_ptr do + begin m:=l; + while (l<pool_ptr)and(str_pool[l]<>nl) do incr(l); + sz:=(l-m+7)div 4; + if sz=1 then sz:=2; + r:=get_node(sz); link(q):=r; q:=r; info(q):=hi(sz); + while sz>2 do + begin decr(sz); incr(r); + w.b0:=qi(so(str_pool[m])); w.b1:=qi(so(str_pool[m+1])); + w.b2:=qi(so(str_pool[m+2])); w.b3:=qi(so(str_pool[m+3])); + mem[r].qqqq:=w; m:=m+4; + end; + w.b0:=qi(" "); w.b1:=qi(" "); w.b2:=qi(" "); w.b3:=qi(" "); + if l>m then + begin w.b0:=qi(so(str_pool[m])); + if l>m+1 then + begin w.b1:=qi(so(str_pool[m+1])); + if l>m+2 then + begin w.b2:=qi(so(str_pool[m+2])); + if l>m+3 then w.b3:=qi(so(str_pool[m+3])); + end; + end; + end; + mem[r+1].qqqq:=w; + if str_pool[l]=nl then incr(l); + end; +info(p):=link(p); link(p):=pseudo_files; pseudo_files:=p + +@ @<Initiate input from new pseudo file@>= +begin_file_reading; {set up |cur_file| and new level of input} +line:=0; limit:=start; loc:=limit+1; {force line read} +if tracing_scan_tokens>0 then + begin if term_offset>max_print_line-3 then print_ln + else if (term_offset>0)or(file_offset>0) then print_char(" "); + name:=19; print("( "); incr(open_parens); update_terminal; + end +else name:=18 + +@ Here we read a line from the current pseudo file into |buffer|. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +function pseudo_input: boolean; {inputs the next line or returns |false|} +var p:pointer; {current line from pseudo file} +@!sz:integer; {size of node |p|} +@!w:four_quarters; {four ASCII codes} +@!r:pointer; {loop index} +begin last:=first; {cf.\ Matthew 19\thinspace:\thinspace30} +p:=info(pseudo_files); +if p=null then pseudo_input:=false +else begin info(pseudo_files):=link(p); sz:=ho(info(p)); + if 4*sz-3>=buf_size-last then + @<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>; + last:=first; + for r:=p+1 to p+sz-1 do + begin w:=mem[r].qqqq; + buffer[last]:=w.b0; buffer[last+1]:=w.b1; + buffer[last+2]:=w.b2; buffer[last+3]:=w.b3; + last:=last+4; + end; + if last>=max_buf_stack then max_buf_stack:=last+1; + while (last>first)and(buffer[last-1]=" ") do decr(last); + free_node(p,sz); + pseudo_input:=true; + end; +end; + +@ When we are done with a pseudo file we `close' it. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure pseudo_close; {close the top level pseudo file} +var p,@!q: pointer; +begin p:=link(pseudo_files); q:=info(pseudo_files); +free_avail(pseudo_files); pseudo_files:=p; +while q<>null do + begin p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,ho(info(p))); + end; +end; + +@ @<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>= +while pseudo_files<>null do pseudo_close; {flush pseudo files} + +@ @<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("readline",read_to_cs,1);@/ +@!@:read_line_}{\.{\\readline} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |read| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +else print_esc("readline") + +@ @<Handle \.{\\readline} and |goto done|@>= +if j=1 then + begin while loc<=limit do {current line not yet finished} + begin cur_chr:=buffer[loc]; incr(loc); + if cur_chr=" " then cur_tok:=space_token + @+else cur_tok:=cur_chr+other_token; + store_new_token(cur_tok); + end; + goto done; + end + +@ Here we define the additional conditionals of \eTeX\ as well as the +\.{\\unless} prefix. + +@d if_def_code=17 { `\.{\\ifdefined}' } +@d if_cs_code=18 { `\.{\\ifcsname}' } +@d if_font_char_code=19 { `\.{\\iffontchar}' } + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("unless",expand_after,1);@/ +@!@:unless_}{\.{\\unless} primitive@> +primitive("ifdefined",if_test,if_def_code); +@!@:if_defined_}{\.{\\ifdefined} primitive@> +primitive("ifcsname",if_test,if_cs_code); +@!@:if_cs_name_}{\.{\\ifcsname} primitive@> +primitive("iffontchar",if_test,if_font_char_code); +@!@:if_font_char_}{\.{\\iffontchar} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |expandafter| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +else print_esc("unless") + +@ @<Cases of |if_test| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +if_def_code:print_esc("ifdefined"); +if_cs_code:print_esc("ifcsname"); +if_font_char_code:print_esc("iffontchar"); + +@ The result of a boolean condition is reversed when the conditional is +preceded by \.{\\unless}. + +@<Negate a boolean conditional and |goto reswitch|@>= +begin get_token; +if (cur_cmd=if_test)and(cur_chr<>if_case_code) then + begin cur_chr:=cur_chr+unless_code; goto reswitch; + end; +print_err("You can't use `"); print_esc("unless"); print("' before `"); +@.You can't use \\unless...@> +print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr); print_char("'"); +help1("Continue, and I'll forget that it ever happened."); +back_error; +end + +@ The conditional \.{\\ifdefined} tests if a control sequence is +defined. + +We need to reset |scanner_status|, since \.{\\outer} control sequences +are allowed, but we might be scanning a macro definition or preamble. + +@<Cases for |conditional|@>= +if_def_code:begin save_scanner_status:=scanner_status; + scanner_status:=normal; + get_next; b:=(cur_cmd<>undefined_cs); + scanner_status:=save_scanner_status; + end; + +@ The conditional \.{\\ifcsname} is equivalent to \.{\{\\expandafter} +\.{\}\\expandafter} \.{\\ifdefined} \.{\\csname}, except that no new +control sequence will be entered into the hash table (once all tokens +preceding the mandatory \.{\\endcsname} have been expanded). + +@<Cases for |conditional|@>= +if_cs_code:begin n:=get_avail; p:=n; {head of the list of characters} + repeat get_x_token; + if cur_cs=0 then store_new_token(cur_tok); + until cur_cs<>0; + if cur_cmd<>end_cs_name then @<Complain about missing \.{\\endcsname}@>; + @<Look up the characters of list |n| in the hash table, and set |cur_cs|@>; + flush_list(n); + b:=(eq_type(cur_cs)<>undefined_cs); + end; + +@ @<Look up the characters of list |n| in the hash table...@>= +m:=first; p:=link(n); +while p<>null do + begin if m>=max_buf_stack then + begin max_buf_stack:=m+1; + if max_buf_stack=buf_size then + overflow("buffer size",buf_size); +@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> + end; + buffer[m]:=info(p) mod @'400; incr(m); p:=link(p); + end; +if m>first+1 then + cur_cs:=id_lookup(first,m-first) {|no_new_control_sequence| is |true|} +else if m=first then cur_cs:=null_cs {the list is empty} +else cur_cs:=single_base+buffer[first] {the list has length one} + +@ The conditional \.{\\iffontchar} tests the existence of a character in +a font. + +@<Cases for |conditional|@>= +if_font_char_code:begin scan_font_ident; n:=cur_val; scan_char_num; + if (font_bc(n)<=cur_val)and(font_ec(n)>=cur_val) then + b:=char_exists(char_info(n)(qi(cur_val))) + else b:=false; + end; + +@ The |protected| feature of \eTeX\ defines the \.{\\protected} prefix +command for macro definitions. Such macros are protected against +expansions when lists of expanded tokens are built, e.g., for \.{\\edef} +or during \.{\\write}. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("protected",prefix,8); +@!@:protected_}{\.{\\protected} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |prefix| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +else if chr_code=8 then print_esc("protected") + +@ The |get_x_or_protected| procedure is like |get_x_token| except that +protected macros are not expanded. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>= +procedure get_x_or_protected; {sets |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|, |cur_tok|, + and expands non-protected macros} +label exit; +begin loop@+begin get_token; + if cur_cmd<=max_command then return; + if (cur_cmd>=call)and(cur_cmd<end_template) then + if info(link(cur_chr))=protected_token then return; + expand; + end; +exit:end; + +@ A group entered (or a conditional started) in one file may end in a +different file. Such slight anomalies, although perfectly legitimate, +may cause errors that are difficult to locate. In order to be able to +give a warning message when such anomalies occur, \eTeX\ uses the +|grp_stack| and |if_stack| arrays to record the initial |cur_boundary| +and |cond_ptr| values for each input file. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!grp_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of save_pointer; {initial |cur_boundary|} +@!if_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of pointer; {initial |cond_ptr|} + +@ When a group ends that was apparently entered in a different input +file, the |group_warning| procedure is invoked in order to update the +|grp_stack|. If moreover \.{\\tracingnesting} is positive we want to +give a warning message. The situation is, however, somewhat complicated +by two facts: (1)~There may be |grp_stack| elements without a +corresponding \.{\\input} file or \.{\\scantokens} pseudo file (e.g., +error insertions from the terminal); and (2)~the relevant information is +recorded in the |name_field| of the |input_stack| only loosely +synchronized with the |in_open| variable indexing |grp_stack|. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure group_warning; +var i:0..max_in_open; {index into |grp_stack|} +@!w:boolean; {do we need a warning?} +begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input; + {store current state} +i:=in_open; w:=false; +while (grp_stack[i]=cur_boundary)and(i>0) do + begin @<Set variable |w| to indicate if this case should be reported@>; + grp_stack[i]:=save_index(save_ptr); decr(i); + end; +if w then + begin print_nl("Warning: end of "); print_group(true); +@.Warning: end of...@> + print(" of a different file"); print_ln; + if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context; + if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued; + end; +end; + +@ This code scans the input stack in order to determine the type of the +current input file. + +@<Set variable |w| to...@>= +if tracing_nesting>0 then + begin while (input_stack[base_ptr].state_field=token_list)or@| + (input_stack[base_ptr].index_field>i) do decr(base_ptr); + if input_stack[base_ptr].name_field>17 then w:=true; + end + +@ When a conditional ends that was apparently started in a different +input file, the |if_warning| procedure is invoked in order to update the +|if_stack|. If moreover \.{\\tracingnesting} is positive we want to +give a warning message (with the same complications as above). + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure if_warning; +var i:0..max_in_open; {index into |if_stack|} +@!w:boolean; {do we need a warning?} +begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input; + {store current state} +i:=in_open; w:=false; +while if_stack[i]=cond_ptr do + begin @<Set variable |w| to...@>; + if_stack[i]:=link(cond_ptr); decr(i); + end; +if w then + begin print_nl("Warning: end of "); print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if); +@.Warning: end of...@> + print_if_line(if_line); print(" of a different file"); print_ln; + if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context; + if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued; + end; +end; + +@ Conversely, the |file_warning| procedure is invoked when a file ends +and some groups entered or conditionals started while reading from that +file are still incomplete. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure file_warning; +var p:pointer; {saved value of |save_ptr| or |cond_ptr|} +@!l:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_level| or |if_limit|} +@!c:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_group| or |cur_if|} +@!i:integer; {saved value of |if_line|} +begin p:=save_ptr; l:=cur_level; c:=cur_group; save_ptr:=cur_boundary; +while grp_stack[in_open]<>save_ptr do + begin decr(cur_level); + print_nl("Warning: end of file when "); +@.Warning: end of file when...@> + print_group(true); print(" is incomplete");@/ + cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); save_ptr:=save_index(save_ptr) + end; +save_ptr:=p; cur_level:=l; cur_group:=c; {restore old values} +p:=cond_ptr; l:=if_limit; c:=cur_if; i:=if_line; +while if_stack[in_open]<>cond_ptr do + begin print_nl("Warning: end of file when "); +@.Warning: end of file when...@> + print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if); + if if_limit=fi_code then print_esc("else"); + print_if_line(if_line); print(" is incomplete");@/ + if_line:=if_line_field(cond_ptr); cur_if:=subtype(cond_ptr); + if_limit:=type(cond_ptr); cond_ptr:=link(cond_ptr); + end; +cond_ptr:=p; if_limit:=l; cur_if:=c; if_line:=i; {restore old values} +print_ln; +if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context; +if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued; +end; + +@ Here are the additional \eTeX\ primitives for expressions. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("numexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+int_val); +@!@:num_expr_}{\.{\\numexpr} primitive@> +primitive("dimexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+dimen_val); +@!@:dim_expr_}{\.{\\dimexpr} primitive@> +primitive("glueexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+glue_val); +@!@:glue_expr_}{\.{\\glueexpr} primitive@> +primitive("muexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+mu_val); +@!@:mu_expr_}{\.{\\muexpr} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +eTeX_expr-int_val+int_val: print_esc("numexpr"); +eTeX_expr-int_val+dimen_val: print_esc("dimexpr"); +eTeX_expr-int_val+glue_val: print_esc("glueexpr"); +eTeX_expr-int_val+mu_val: print_esc("muexpr"); + +@ This code for reducing |cur_val_level| and\slash or negating the +result is similar to the one for all the other cases of +|scan_something_internal|, with the difference that |scan_expr| has +already increased the reference count of a glue specification. + +@<Process an expression and |return|@>= +begin if m<eTeX_mu then + begin case m of + @/@<Cases for fetching a glue value@>@/ + end; {there are no other cases} + cur_val_level:=glue_val; + end +else if m<eTeX_expr then + begin case m of + @/@<Cases for fetching a mu value@>@/ + end; {there are no other cases} + cur_val_level:=mu_val; + end +else begin cur_val_level:=m-eTeX_expr+int_val; scan_expr; + end; +while cur_val_level>level do + begin if cur_val_level=glue_val then + begin m:=cur_val; cur_val:=width(m); delete_glue_ref(m); + end + else if cur_val_level=mu_val then mu_error; + decr(cur_val_level); + end; +if negative then + if cur_val_level>=glue_val then + begin m:=cur_val; cur_val:=new_spec(m); delete_glue_ref(m); + @<Negate all three glue components of |cur_val|@>; + end + else negate(cur_val); +return; +end + +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>= +procedure@?scan_expr; forward;@t\2@> + +@ The |scan_expr| procedure scans and evaluates an expression. + +@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>= +@t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@> +procedure scan_expr; {scans and evaluates an expression} +label restart, continue, found; +var a,@!b:boolean; {saved values of |arith_error|} +@!l:small_number; {type of expression} +@!r:small_number; {state of expression so far} +@!s:small_number; {state of term so far} +@!o:small_number; {next operation or type of next factor} +@!e:integer; {expression so far} +@!t:integer; {term so far} +@!f:integer; {current factor} +@!n:integer; {numerator of combined multiplication and division} +@!p:pointer; {top of expression stack} +@!q:pointer; {for stack manipulations} +begin l:=cur_val_level; a:=arith_error; b:=false; p:=null; +@<Scan and evaluate an expression |e| of type |l|@>; +if b then + begin print_err("Arithmetic overflow"); +@.Arithmetic overflow@> + help2("I can't evaluate this expression,")@/ + ("since the result is out of range."); + error; + if l>=glue_val then + begin delete_glue_ref(e); e:=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(e); + end + else e:=0; + end; +arith_error:=a; cur_val:=e; cur_val_level:=l; +end; + +@ Evaluating an expression is a recursive process: When the left +parenthesis of a subexpression is scanned we descend to the next level +of recursion; the previous level is resumed with the matching right +parenthesis. + +@d expr_none=0 {\.( seen, or \.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.) seen} +@d expr_add=1 {\.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.+ seen} +@d expr_sub=2 {\.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.- seen} +@d expr_mult=3 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \.* seen} +@d expr_div=4 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \./ seen} +@d expr_scale=5 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \.* + $\langle\it factor\rangle$ \./ seen} + +@<Scan and eval...@>= +restart: r:=expr_none; e:=0; s:=expr_none; t:=0; n:=0; +continue: if s=expr_none then o:=l@+else o:=int_val; +@<Scan a factor |f| of type |o| or start a subexpression@>; +found: @<Scan the next operator and set |o|@>; +arith_error:=b; +@<Make sure that |f| is in the proper range@>; +case s of @<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>@; +end; {there are no other cases} +if o>expr_sub then s:=o@+else @<Evaluate the current expression@>; +b:=arith_error; +if o<>expr_none then goto continue; +if p<>null then @<Pop the expression stack and |goto found|@> + +@ @<Scan the next op...@>= +@<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>; +if cur_tok=other_token+"+" then o:=expr_add +else if cur_tok=other_token+"-" then o:=expr_sub +else if cur_tok=other_token+"*" then o:=expr_mult +else if cur_tok=other_token+"/" then o:=expr_div +else begin o:=expr_none; + if p=null then + begin if cur_cmd<>relax then back_input; + end + else if cur_tok<>other_token+")" then + begin print_err("Missing ) inserted for expression"); +@.Missing ) inserted@> + help1("I was expecting to see `+', `-', `*', `/', or `)'. Didn't."); + back_error; + end; + end + +@ @<Scan a factor...@>= +@<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>; +if cur_tok=other_token+"(" then + @<Push the expression stack and |goto restart|@>; +back_input; +if o=int_val then scan_int +else if o=dimen_val then scan_normal_dimen +else if o=glue_val then scan_normal_glue +else scan_mu_glue; +f:=cur_val + +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>= +procedure@?scan_normal_glue; forward;@t\2@>@/ +procedure@?scan_mu_glue; forward;@t\2@> + +@ Here we declare to trivial procedures in order to avoid mutually +recursive procedures with parameters. + +@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>= +procedure scan_normal_glue; +begin scan_glue(glue_val); +end; +@# +procedure scan_mu_glue; +begin scan_glue(mu_val); +end; + +@ Parenthesized subexpressions can be inside expressions, and this +nesting has a stack. Seven local variables represent the top of the +expression stack: |p| points to pushed-down entries, if any; |l| +specifies the type of expression currently beeing evaluated; |e| is the +expression so far and |r| is the state of its evaluation; |t| is the +term so far and |s| is the state of its evaluation; finally |n| is the +numerator for a combined multiplication and division, if any. + +@d expr_node_size=4 {number of words in stack entry for subexpressions} +@d expr_e_field(#)==mem[#+1].int {saved expression so far} +@d expr_t_field(#)==mem[#+2].int {saved term so far} +@d expr_n_field(#)==mem[#+3].int {saved numerator} + +@<Push the expression...@>= +begin q:=get_node(expr_node_size); link(q):=p; type(q):=l; +subtype(q):=4*s+r; +expr_e_field(q):=e; expr_t_field(q):=t; expr_n_field(q):=n; +p:=q; l:=o; goto restart; +end + +@ @<Pop the expression...@>= +begin f:=e; q:=p; +e:=expr_e_field(q); t:=expr_t_field(q); n:=expr_n_field(q); +s:=subtype(q) div 4; r:=subtype(q) mod 4; +l:=type(q); p:=link(q); free_node(q,expr_node_size); +goto found; +end + +@ We want to make sure that each term and (intermediate) result is in +the proper range. Integer values must not exceed |infinity| +($2^{31}-1$) in absolute value, dimensions must not exceed |max_dimen| +($2^{30}-1$). We avoid the absolute value of an integer, because this +might fail for the value $-2^{31}$ using 32-bit arithmetic. + +@d num_error(#)== {clear a number or dimension and set |arith_error|} + begin arith_error:=true; #:=0; + end +@d glue_error(#)== {clear a glue spec and set |arith_error|} + begin arith_error:=true; delete_glue_ref(#); #:=new_spec(zero_glue); + end + +@<Make sure that |f|...@>= +if (l=int_val)or(s>expr_sub) then + begin if (f>infinity)or(f<-infinity) then num_error(f); + end +else if l=dimen_val then + begin if abs(f)>max_dimen then num_error(f); + end +else begin if (abs(width(f))>max_dimen)or@| + (abs(stretch(f))>max_dimen)or@| + (abs(shrink(f))>max_dimen) then glue_error(f); + end + +@ Applying the factor |f| to the partial term |t| (with the operator +|s|) is delayed until the next operator |o| has been scanned. Here we +handle the first factor of a partial term. A glue spec has to be copied +unless the next operator is a right parenthesis; this allows us later on +to simply modify the glue components. + +@d normalize_glue(#)== + if stretch(#)=0 then stretch_order(#):=normal; + if shrink(#)=0 then shrink_order(#):=normal + +@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>= +expr_none: if (l>=glue_val)and(o<>expr_none) then + begin t:=new_spec(f); delete_glue_ref(f); normalize_glue(t); + end + else t:=f; + +@ When a term |t| has been completed it is copied to, added to, or +subtracted from the expression |e|. + +@d expr_add_sub(#)==add_or_sub(#,r=expr_sub) +@d expr_a(#)==expr_add_sub(#,max_dimen) + +@<Evaluate the current expression@>= +begin s:=expr_none; +if r=expr_none then e:=t +else if l=int_val then e:=expr_add_sub(e,t,infinity) +else if l=dimen_val then e:=expr_a(e,t) +else @<Compute the sum or difference of two glue specs@>; +r:=o; +end + +@ The function |add_or_sub(x,y,max_answer,negative)| computes the sum +(for |negative=false|) or difference (for |negative=true|) of |x| and +|y|, provided the absolute value of the result does not exceed +|max_answer|. + +@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>= +function add_or_sub(@!x,@!y,@!max_answer:integer;@!negative:boolean):integer; +var a:integer; {the answer} +begin if negative then negate(y); +if x>=0 then + if y<=max_answer-x then a:=x+y@+else num_error(a) +else if y>=-max_answer-x then a:=x+y@+else num_error(a); +add_or_sub:=a; +end; + +@ We know that |stretch_order(e)>normal| implies |stretch(e)<>0| and +|shrink_order(e)>normal| implies |shrink(e)<>0|. + +@<Compute the sum or diff...@>= +begin width(e):=expr_a(width(e),width(t)); +if stretch_order(e)=stretch_order(t) then + stretch(e):=expr_a(stretch(e),stretch(t)) +else if (stretch_order(e)<stretch_order(t))and(stretch(t)<>0) then + begin stretch(e):=stretch(t); stretch_order(e):=stretch_order(t); + end; +if shrink_order(e)=shrink_order(t) then + shrink(e):=expr_a(shrink(e),shrink(t)) +else if (shrink_order(e)<shrink_order(t))and(shrink(t)<>0) then + begin shrink(e):=shrink(t); shrink_order(e):=shrink_order(t); + end; +delete_glue_ref(t); normalize_glue(e); +end + +@ If a multiplication is followed by a division, the two operations are +combined into a `scaling' operation. Otherwise the term |t| is +multiplied by the factor |f|. + +@d expr_m(#)==#:=nx_plus_y(#,f,0) + +@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>= +expr_mult: if o=expr_div then + begin n:=f; o:=expr_scale; + end + else if l=int_val then t:=mult_integers(t,f) + else if l=dimen_val then expr_m(t) + else begin expr_m(width(t)); expr_m(stretch(t)); expr_m(shrink(t)); + end; + +@ Here we divide the term |t| by the factor |f|. + +@d expr_d(#)==#:=quotient(#,f) + +@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>= +expr_div: if l<glue_val then expr_d(t) + else begin expr_d(width(t)); expr_d(stretch(t)); expr_d(shrink(t)); + end; + +@ The function |quotient(n,d)| computes the rounded quotient +$q=\lfloor n/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$, when $n$ and $d$ are positive. + +@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>= +function quotient(@!n,@!d:integer):integer; +var negative:boolean; {should the answer be negated?} +@!a:integer; {the answer} +begin if d=0 then num_error(a) +else begin if d>0 then negative:=false + else begin negate(d); negative:=true; + end; + if n<0 then + begin negate(n); negative:=not negative; + end; + a:=n div d; n:=n-a*d; d:=n-d; {avoid certain compiler optimizations!} + if d+n>=0 then incr(a); + if negative then negate(a); + end; +quotient:=a; +end; + +@ Here the term |t| is multiplied by the quotient $n/f$. + +@d expr_s(#)==#:=fract(#,n,f,max_dimen) + +@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>= +expr_scale: if l=int_val then t:=fract(t,n,f,infinity) + else if l=dimen_val then expr_s(t) + else begin expr_s(width(t)); expr_s(stretch(t)); expr_s(shrink(t)); + end; + +@ Finally, the function |fract(x,n,d,max_answer)| computes the integer +$q=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$, when $x$, $n$, and $d$ are positive +and the result does not exceed |max_answer|. We can't use floating +point arithmetic since the routine must produce identical results in all +cases; and it would be too dangerous to multiply by~|n| and then divide +by~|d|, in separate operations, since overflow might well occur. Hence +this subroutine simulates double precision arithmetic, somewhat +analogous to \MF's |make_fraction| and |take_fraction| routines. + +@d too_big=88 {go here when the result is too big} + +@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>= +function fract(@!x,@!n,@!d,@!max_answer:integer):integer; +label found, found1, too_big, done; +var negative:boolean; {should the answer be negated?} +@!a:integer; {the answer} +@!f:integer; {a proper fraction} +@!h:integer; {smallest integer such that |2*h>=d|} +@!r:integer; {intermediate remainder} +@!t:integer; {temp variable} +begin if d=0 then goto too_big; +a:=0; +if d>0 then negative:=false +else begin negate(d); negative:=true; + end; +if x<0 then + begin negate(x); negative:=not negative; + end +else if x=0 then goto done; +if n<0 then + begin negate(n); negative:=not negative; + end; +t:=n div d; +if t>max_answer div x then goto too_big; +a:=t*x; n:=n-t*d; +if n=0 then goto found; +t:=x div d; +if t>(max_answer-a) div n then goto too_big; +a:=a+t*n; x:=x-t*d; +if x=0 then goto found; +if x<n then + begin t:=x; x:=n; n:=t; + end; {now |0<n<=x<d|} +@<Compute \(f)$f=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$@>@; +if f>(max_answer-a) then goto too_big; +a:=a+f; +found: if negative then negate(a); +goto done; +too_big: num_error(a); +done: fract:=a; +end; + +@ The loop here preserves the following invariant relations +between |f|, |x|, |n|, and~|r|: +(i)~$f+\lfloor(xn+(r+d))/d\rfloor=\lfloor x_0n_0/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$; +(ii)~|-d<=r<0<n<=x<d|, where $x_0$, $n_0$ are the original values of~$x$ +and $n$. + +Notice that the computation specifies |(x-d)+x| instead of |(x+x)-d|, +because the latter could overflow. + +@<Compute \(f)$f=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$@>= +f:=0; r:=(d div 2)-d; h:=-r; +loop@+begin if odd(n) then + begin r:=r+x; + if r>=0 then + begin r:=r-d; incr(f); + end; + end; + n:=n div 2; + if n=0 then goto found1; + if x<h then x:=x+x + else begin t:=x-d; x:=t+x; f:=f+n; + if x<n then + begin if x=0 then goto found1; + t:=x; x:=n; n:=t; + end; + end; + end; +found1: + +@ The \.{\\gluestretch}, \.{\\glueshrink}, \.{\\gluestretchorder}, and +\.{\\glueshrinkorder} commands return the stretch and shrink components +and their orders of ``infinity'' of a glue specification. + +@d glue_stretch_order_code=eTeX_int+6 {code for \.{\\gluestretchorder}} +@d glue_shrink_order_code=eTeX_int+7 {code for \.{\\glueshrinkorder}} +@d glue_stretch_code=eTeX_dim+7 {code for \.{\\gluestretch}} +@d glue_shrink_code=eTeX_dim+8 {code for \.{\\glueshrink}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("gluestretchorder",last_item,glue_stretch_order_code); +@!@:glue_stretch_order_}{\.{\\gluestretchorder} primitive@> +primitive("glueshrinkorder",last_item,glue_shrink_order_code); +@!@:glue_shrink_order_}{\.{\\glueshrinkorder} primitive@> +primitive("gluestretch",last_item,glue_stretch_code); +@!@:glue_stretch_}{\.{\\gluestretch} primitive@> +primitive("glueshrink",last_item,glue_shrink_code); +@!@:glue_shrink_}{\.{\\glueshrink} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +glue_stretch_order_code: print_esc("gluestretchorder"); +glue_shrink_order_code: print_esc("glueshrinkorder"); +glue_stretch_code: print_esc("gluestretch"); +glue_shrink_code: print_esc("glueshrink"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>= +glue_stretch_order_code, glue_shrink_order_code: + begin scan_normal_glue; q:=cur_val; + if m=glue_stretch_order_code then cur_val:=stretch_order(q) + else cur_val:=shrink_order(q); + delete_glue_ref(q); + end; + +@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>= +glue_stretch_code, glue_shrink_code: + begin scan_normal_glue; q:=cur_val; + if m=glue_stretch_code then cur_val:=stretch(q) + else cur_val:=shrink(q); + delete_glue_ref(q); + end; + +@ The \.{\\mutoglue} and \.{\\gluetomu} commands convert ``math'' glue +into normal glue and vice versa; they allow to manipulate math glue with +\.{\\gluestretch} etc. + +@d mu_to_glue_code=eTeX_glue {code for \.{\\mutoglue}} +@d glue_to_mu_code=eTeX_mu {code for \.{\\gluetomu}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("mutoglue",last_item,mu_to_glue_code); +@!@:mu_to_glue_}{\.{\\mutoglue} primitive@> +primitive("gluetomu",last_item,glue_to_mu_code); +@!@:glue_to_mu_}{\.{\\gluetomu} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +mu_to_glue_code: print_esc("mutoglue"); +glue_to_mu_code: print_esc("gluetomu"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching a glue value@>= +mu_to_glue_code: scan_mu_glue; + +@ @<Cases for fetching a mu value@>= +glue_to_mu_code: scan_normal_glue; + +{ FIXME: next chapter is about sparse arrays; how does it cope with Omega? } + +@ \eTeX\ (in extended mode) supports 32768 (i.e., $2^{15}$) count, +dimen, skip, muskip, box, and token registers. As in \TeX\ the first +256 registers of each kind are realized as arrays in the table of +equivalents; the additional registers are realized as tree structures +built from variable-size nodes with individual registers existing only +when needed. Default values are used for nonexistent registers: zero +for count and dimen values, |zero_glue| for glue (skip and muskip) +values, void for boxes, and |null| for token lists (and current marks +discussed below). + +Similarly there are 32768 mark classes; the command \.{\\marks}|n| +creates a mark node for a given mark class |0<=n<=32767| (where +\.{\\marks0} is synonymous to \.{\\mark}). The page builder (actually +the |fire_up| routine) and the |vsplit| routine maintain the current +values of |top_mark|, |first_mark|, |bot_mark|, |split_first_mark|, and +|split_bot_mark| for each mark class. They are accessed as +\.{\\topmarks}|n| etc., and \.{\\topmarks0} is again synonymous to +\.{\\topmark}. As in \TeX\ the five current marks for mark class zero +are realized as |cur_mark| array. The additional current marks are +again realized as tree structure with individual mark classes existing +only when needed. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("marks",mark,marks_code); +@!@:marks_}{\.{\\marks} primitive@> +primitive("topmarks",top_bot_mark,top_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:top_marks_}{\.{\\topmarks} primitive@> +primitive("firstmarks",top_bot_mark,first_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:first_marks_}{\.{\\firstmarks} primitive@> +primitive("botmarks",top_bot_mark,bot_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:bot_marks_}{\.{\\botmarks} primitive@> +primitive("splitfirstmarks",top_bot_mark,split_first_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:split_first_marks_}{\.{\\splitfirstmarks} primitive@> +primitive("splitbotmarks",top_bot_mark,split_bot_mark_code+marks_code); +@!@:split_bot_marks_}{\.{\\splitbotmarks} primitive@> + +@ The |scan_register_num| procedure scans a register number that must +not exceed 255 in compatibility mode resp.\ 32767 in extended mode. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure@?scan_register_num; forward;@t\2@> + +@ @<Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers@>= +procedure scan_register_num; +begin scan_int; +if (cur_val<0)or(cur_val>max_reg_num) then + begin print_err("Bad register code"); +@.Bad register code@> + help2(max_reg_help_line)("I changed this one to zero."); + int_error(cur_val); cur_val:=0; + end; +end; + +@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ comp...@>= +max_reg_num:=255; +max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 255."; + +@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>= +max_reg_num:=32767; +max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32767."; + +@ @<Glob...@>= +@!max_reg_num: halfword; {largest allowed register number} +@!max_reg_help_line: str_number; {first line of help message} + +@ There are seven almost identical doubly linked trees, one for the +sparse array of the up to 32512 additional registers of each kind and +one for the sparse array of the up to 32767 additional mark classes. +The root of each such tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16 +pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index +nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256, +and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are +followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements. + +Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible +subtrees or are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight +words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as +array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.) + +The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the +array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next +lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains four bits (one +hexadecimal digit) of the register number or mark class. For the lowest +index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates +the type of quantity (|int_avl|, |dimen_val|, |glue_val|, |mu_val|, +|box_val|, |tok_val|, or |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the index +nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null. + +The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the four +bits plus 16 times the type. Therefore such a node represents a count +or dimen register if and only if |sa_index<dimen_val_limit|; it +represents a skip or muskip register if and only if +|dimen_val_limit<=sa_index<mu_val_limit|; it represents a box register +if and only if |mu_val_limit<=sa_index<box_val_limit|; it represents a +token list register if and only if +|box_val_limit<=sa_index<tok_val_limit|; finally it represents a mark +class if and only if |tok_val_limit<=sa_index|. + +The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|) +having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields. + +@d box_val==4 {the additional box registers} +@d mark_val=6 {the additional mark classes} +@# +@d dimen_val_limit=@"20 {$2^4\cdot(|dimen_val|+1)$} +@d mu_val_limit=@"40 {$2^4\cdot(|mu_val|+1)$} +@d box_val_limit=@"50 {$2^4\cdot(|box_val|+1)$} +@d tok_val_limit=@"60 {$2^4\cdot(|tok_val|+1)$} +@# +@d index_node_size=9 {size of an index node} +@d sa_index==type {a four-bit address or a type or both} +@d sa_used==subtype {count of non-null pointers} + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure new_index(@!i:quarterword; @!q:pointer); +var k:small_number; {loop index} +begin cur_ptr:=get_node(index_node_size); sa_index(cur_ptr):=i; +sa_used(cur_ptr):=0; link(cur_ptr):=q; +for k:=1 to index_node_size-1 do {clear all 16 pointers} + mem[cur_ptr+k]:=sa_null; +end; + +@ The roots of the seven trees for the additional registers and mark +classes are kept in the |sa_root| array. The first six locations must +be dumped and undumped; the last one is also known as |sa_mark|. + +@d sa_mark==sa_root[mark_val] {root for mark classes} + +@<Glob...@>= +@!sa_root:array[int_val..mark_val] of pointer; {roots of sparse arrays} +@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|} +@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null; + +@ @<Initialize table...@>= +for i:=int_val to tok_val do sa_root[i]:=null; + +@ Given a type |t| and a sixteen-bit number |n|, the |find_sa_element| +procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node for the +corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists. The +third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g., +because it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main +branches: one follows the existing tree structure, the other (only used +when |w| is |true|) creates the missing nodes. + +We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register +number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from +an index node. + +@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing} + begin if cur_ptr=null then + if w then goto #@+else return; + end +@# +@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit} +@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit} +@# +@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1) + else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1) + {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|} +@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=# + {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q)); + end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} +@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q)); + end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|} + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>= +procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean); + {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|} +label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit; +var q:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +begin cur_ptr:=sa_root[t]; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr; +if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/ +q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr; +if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4; +return; +not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node} +sa_root[t]:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); +not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); +not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); +not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node} +add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); +not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>; +link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr; +exit:end; + +@ The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an +|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|. +Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g., +\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element, +we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field. An array +element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its +|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value. +@^reference counts@> + +Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values +are stored in the |sa_ptr| field. +Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their +values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third +word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store +the register number. Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three +words contain the five types of current marks + +@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value} +@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value} +@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 16) {type part of combined type/index} +@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element} +@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value} +@# +@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value} +@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number} +@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer} +@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)} +@# +@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class} +@# +@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|} + if cur_val<256 then #:=box(cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end + +@<Create a new array element...@>= +if t=mark_val then {a mark class} + begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size); + mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null; + end +else begin if t<=dimen_val then {a count or dimen register} + begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0; + sa_num(cur_ptr):=n; + end + else begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size); + if t<=mu_val then {a skip or muskip register} + begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue); + end + else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; {a box or token list register} + end; + sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null; {all registers have a reference count} + end; +sa_index(cur_ptr):=16*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one + +@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array +element representing a register is being removed; this means that the +reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference +count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its +default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with +some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class +nodes. +@^reference counts@> + +@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count} +@# +@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same} + if cur_val<256 then set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,#)@+else set_sa_box(#) +@# + +{ FIXME: needs debugging (sparse arrays) } +@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr<>0 then + begin + set_equiv(sa_ptr(cur_ptr),#); + add_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + end; + end + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count} +label exit; +var p:pointer; {for list manipulations} +@!i:small_number; {a four bit index} +@!s:small_number; {size of a node} +begin decr(sa_ref(q)); +if sa_ref(q)<>null then return; +if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then + if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size + else return +else begin if sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then + if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue) + else return + else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return; + s:=pointer_node_size; + end; +repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s); +if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed} + begin sa_root[i]:=null; return; + end; +delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node} +until sa_used(q)>0; +exit:end; + +@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding +to an array element. + +@<Basic print...@>= +procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number} +var @!n:halfword; {the register number} +begin if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case} +else begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q); + q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q))); + end; +print_int(n); +end; + +@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element +symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is +|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in +the |eqtb| array. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number); +var t:small_number; {the type of element} +begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" "); +if p=null then print_char("?") {this can't happen} +else begin t:=sa_type(p); + if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p) + else if t=box_val then + begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p); + end + else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p) + else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either} + print_char("="); + if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p)) + else if t=dimen_val then + begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt"); + end + else begin p:=sa_ptr(p); + if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt") + else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu") + else if t=box_val then + if p=null then print("void") + else begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p); + end + else if t=tok_val then + begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32); + end + else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either} + end; + end; +print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false); +end; +tats + +@ Here we compute the pointer to the current mark of type |t| and mark +class |cur_val|. + +@<Compute the mark pointer...@>= +begin find_sa_element(mark_val,cur_val,false); +if cur_ptr<>null then + if odd(t) then cur_ptr:=link(cur_ptr+(t div 2)+1) + else cur_ptr:=info(cur_ptr+(t div 2)+1); +end + +@ The current marks for all mark classes are maintained by the |vsplit| +and |fire_up| routines and are finally destroyed (for \.{INITEX} only) +@.INITEX@> +by the |final_cleanup| routine. Apart from updating the current marks +when mark nodes are encountered, these routines perform certain actions +on all existing mark classes. The recursive |do_marks| procedure walks +through the whole tree or a subtree of existing mark class nodes and +preforms certain actions indicted by its first parameter |a|, the action +code. The second parameter |l| indicates the level of recursion (at +most four); the third parameter points to a nonempty tree or subtree. +The result is |true| if the complete tree or subtree has been deleted. + +@d vsplit_init==0 {action code for |vsplit| initialization} +@d fire_up_init==1 {action code for |fire_up| initialization} +@d fire_up_done==2 {action code for |fire_up| completion} +@d destroy_marks==3 {action code for |final_cleanup|} +@# +@d sa_top_mark(#)==info(#+1) {\.{\\topmarks}|n|} +@d sa_first_mark(#)==link(#+1) {\.{\\firstmarks}|n|} +@d sa_bot_mark(#)==info(#+2) {\.{\\botmarks}|n|} +@d sa_split_first_mark(#)==link(#+2) {\.{\\splitfirstmarks}|n|} +@d sa_split_bot_mark(#)==info(#+3) {\.{\\splitbotmarks}|n|} + +@<Declare the function called |do_marks|@>= +function do_marks(@!a,@!l:small_number;@!q:pointer):boolean; +var i:small_number; {a four bit index} +begin if l<4 then {|q| is an index node} + begin for i:=0 to 15 do + begin get_sa_ptr; + if cur_ptr<>null then if do_marks(a,l+1,cur_ptr) then delete_sa_ptr; + end; + if sa_used(q)=0 then + begin free_node(q,index_node_size); q:=null; + end; + end +else {|q| is the node for a mark class} + begin case a of + @<Cases for |do_marks|@>@; + end; {there are no other cases} + if sa_bot_mark(q)=null then if sa_split_bot_mark(q)=null then + begin free_node(q,mark_class_node_size); q:=null; + end; + end; +do_marks:=(q=null); +end; + +@ At the start of the |vsplit| routine the existing |split_fist_mark| +and |split_bot_mark| are discarded. + +@<Cases for |do_marks|@>= +vsplit_init: if sa_split_first_mark(q)<>null then + begin delete_token_ref(sa_split_first_mark(q)); sa_split_first_mark(q):=null; + delete_token_ref(sa_split_bot_mark(q)); sa_split_bot_mark(q):=null; + end; + +@ We use again the fact that |split_first_mark=null| if and only if +|split_bot_mark=null|. + +@<Update the current marks for |vsplit|@>= +begin find_sa_element(mark_val,mark_class(p),true); +if sa_split_first_mark(cur_ptr)=null then + begin sa_split_first_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p); + add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p)); + end +else delete_token_ref(sa_split_bot_mark(cur_ptr)); +sa_split_bot_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p); +add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p)); +end + +@ At the start of the |fire_up| routine the old |top_mark| and +|first_mark| are discarded, whereas the old |bot_mark| becomes the new +|top_mark|. An empty new |top_mark| token list is, however, discarded +as well in order that mark class nodes can eventually be released. We +use again the fact that |bot_mark<>null| implies |first_mark<>null|; it +also knows that |bot_mark=null| implies |top_mark=first_mark=null|. + +@<Cases for |do_marks|@>= +fire_up_init: if sa_bot_mark(q)<>null then + begin if sa_top_mark(q)<>null then delete_token_ref(sa_top_mark(q)); + delete_token_ref(sa_first_mark(q)); sa_first_mark(q):=null; + if link(sa_bot_mark(q))=null then {an empty token list} + begin delete_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(q)); sa_bot_mark(q):=null; + end + else add_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(q)); + sa_top_mark(q):=sa_bot_mark(q); + end; + +@ @<Cases for |do_marks|@>= +fire_up_done: if (sa_top_mark(q)<>null)and(sa_first_mark(q)=null) then + begin sa_first_mark(q):=sa_top_mark(q); add_token_ref(sa_top_mark(q)); + end; + +@ @<Update the current marks for |fire_up|@>= +begin find_sa_element(mark_val,mark_class(p),true); +if sa_first_mark(cur_ptr)=null then + begin sa_first_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p); + add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p)); + end; +if sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr)<>null then delete_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr)); +sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p); add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p)); +end + +@ Here we use the fact that the five current mark pointers in a mark +class node occupy the same locations as the first five pointers of +an index node. For systems using a run-time switch to distinguish +between \.{VIRTEX} and \.{INITEX}, the codewords `$|init|\ldots|tini|$' +surrounding the following piece of code should be removed. +@.INITEX@> +@^system dependencies@> + +@<Cases for |do_marks|@>= +@!init destroy_marks: for i:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do + begin get_sa_ptr; + if cur_ptr<>null then + begin delete_token_ref(cur_ptr); put_sa_ptr(null); + end; + end; +tini + +@ The command code |register| is used for `\.{\\count}', `\.{\\dimen}', +etc., as well as for references to sparse array elements defined by +`\.{\\countdef}', etc. + +@<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +begin if (chr_code<mem_bot)or(chr_code>lo_mem_stat_max) then + cmd:=sa_type(chr_code) +else begin cmd:=chr_code-mem_bot; chr_code:=null; + end; +if cmd=int_val then print_esc("count") +else if cmd=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen") +else if cmd=glue_val then print_esc("skip") +else print_esc("muskip"); +if chr_code<>null then print_sa_num(chr_code); +end + +@ Similarly the command code |toks_register| is used for `\.{\\toks}' as +well as for references to sparse array elements defined by +`\.{\\toksdef}'. + +@<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +begin print_esc("toks"); +if chr_code<>mem_bot then print_sa_num(chr_code); +end + +@ When a shorthand definition for an element of one of the sparse arrays +is destroyed, we must reduce the reference count. + +@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>= +toks_register,register: + if (equiv_field(w)<mem_bot)or(equiv_field(w)>lo_mem_stat_max) then + delete_sa_ref(equiv_field(w)); + +@ The task to maintain (change, save, and restore) register values is +essentially the same when the register is realized as sparse array +element or entry in |eqtb|. The global variable |sa_chain| is the head +of a linked list of entries saved at the topmost level |sa_level|; the +lists for lowel levels are kept in special save stack entries. + +@<Glob...@>= +@!sa_chain: pointer; {chain of saved sparse array entries} +@!sa_level: quarterword; {group level for |sa_chain|} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=level_zero; + +@ The individual saved items are kept in pointer or word nodes similar +to those used for the array elements: a word node with value zero is, +however, saved as pointer node with the otherwise impossible |sa_index| +value |tok_val_limit|. + +@d sa_loc==sa_ref {location of saved item} + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|} +var q:pointer; {the new save node} +@!i:quarterword; {index field of node} +begin if cur_level<>sa_level then + begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa; + save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain; + incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level; + end; +i:=sa_index(p); +if i<dimen_val_limit then + begin if sa_int(p)=0 then + begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=tok_val_limit; + end + else begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p); + end; + sa_ptr(q):=null; + end +else begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p); + end; +sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p); +link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p); +end; + +@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|} +begin if sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p)) +else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then + if sa_index(p)<box_val_limit then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p)) + else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p)); +end; + +@ The procedure |sa_def| assigns a new value to sparse array elements, +and saves the former value if appropriate. This procedure is used only +for skip, muskip, box, and token list registers. The counterpart of +|sa_def| for count and dimen registers is called |sa_w_def|. + +@d sa_define(#)==if e then + if global then gsa_def(#)@+else sa_def(#) + else define +@# +@d sa_def_box== {assign |cur_box| to |box(cur_val)|} + begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,true); + if global then gsa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box)@+else sa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box); + end +@# +@d sa_word_define(#)==if e then + if global then gsa_w_def(#)@+else sa_w_def(#) + else word_define(#) + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword); + {new data for sparse array elements} +begin add_sa_ref(p); +if sa_ptr(p)=e then + begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/ + sa_destroy(p); + end +else begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/ + if sa_lev(p)=cur_level then sa_destroy(p)@+else sa_save(p); + sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_ptr(p):=e; + @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/ + end; +delete_sa_ref(p); +end; +@# +procedure sa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer); +begin add_sa_ref(p); +if sa_int(p)=w then + begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/ + end +else begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/ + if sa_lev(p)<>cur_level then sa_save(p); + sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_int(p):=w; + @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/ + end; +delete_sa_ref(p); +end; + +@ The |sa_def| and |sa_w_def| routines take care of local definitions. +@^global definitions@> +Global definitions are done in almost the same way, but there is no need +to save old values, and the new value is associated with |level_one|. + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure gsa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword); {global |sa_def|} +begin add_sa_ref(p); +@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/ +sa_destroy(p); sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_ptr(p):=e; +@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/ +delete_sa_ref(p); +end; +@# +procedure gsa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer); {global |sa_w_def|} +begin add_sa_ref(p); +@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/ +sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_int(p):=w; +@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/ +delete_sa_ref(p); +end; + +@ The |sa_restore| procedure restores the sparse array entries pointed +at by |sa_chain| + +@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>= +procedure sa_restore; +var p:pointer; {sparse array element} +begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain); +if sa_lev(p)=level_one then + begin if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then sa_destroy(sa_chain); + @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/ + end +else begin if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then + if sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain) + else sa_int(p):=0 + else begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain); + end; + sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain); + @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/ + end; +delete_sa_ref(p); +p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p); +if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then free_node(p,word_node_size) +else free_node(p,pointer_node_size); +until sa_chain=null; +end; + +{FIXME: |last_line_fit| might be incompatible with Omega} + +@ When the value of |last_line_fit| is positive, the last line of a +(partial) paragraph is treated in a special way and we need additional +fields in the active nodes. + +@d active_node_size_extended=5 {number of words in extended active nodes} +@d active_short(#)==mem[#+3].sc {|shortfall| of this line} +@d active_glue(#)==mem[#+4].sc {corresponding glue stretch or shrink} + +@<Glob...@>= +@!last_line_fill:pointer; {the |par_fill_skip| glue node of the new paragraph} +@!do_last_line_fit:boolean; {special algorithm for last line of paragraph?} +@!active_node_size:small_number; {number of words in active nodes} +@!fill_width:array[0..2] of scaled; {infinite stretch components of + |par_fill_skip|} +@!best_pl_short:array[very_loose_fit..tight_fit] of scaled; {|shortfall| + corresponding to |minimal_demerits|} +@!best_pl_glue:array[very_loose_fit..tight_fit] of scaled; {corresponding + glue stretch or shrink} + +@ The new algorithm for the last line requires that the stretchability +|par_fill_skip| is infinite and the stretchability of |left_skip| plus +|right_skip| is finite. + +@<Check for special...@>= +do_last_line_fit:=false; active_node_size:=active_node_size_normal; + {just in case} +if last_line_fit>0 then + begin q:=glue_ptr(last_line_fill); + if (stretch(q)>0)and(stretch_order(q)>normal) then + if (background[3]=0)and(background[4]=0)and(background[5]=0) then + begin do_last_line_fit:=true; + active_node_size:=active_node_size_extended; + fill_width[0]:=0; fill_width[1]:=0; fill_width[2]:=0; + fill_width[stretch_order(q)-1]:=stretch(q); + end; + end + +@ @<Other local variables for |try_break|@>= +@!g:scaled; {glue stretch or shrink of test line, adjustment for last line} + +@ Here we initialize the additional fields of the first active node +representing the beginning of the paragraph. + +@<Initialize additional fields of the first active node@>= +begin active_short(q):=0; active_glue(q):=0; +end + +@ Here we compute the adjustment |g| and badness |b| for a line from |r| +to the end of the paragraph. When any of the criteria for adjustment is +violated we fall through to the normal algorithm. + +The last line must be too short, and have infinite stretch entirely due +to |par_fill_skip|. + +@<Perform computations for last line and |goto found|@>= +begin if (active_short(r)=0)or(active_glue(r)<=0) then goto not_found; + {previous line was neither stretched nor shrunk, or was infinitely bad} +if (cur_active_width[3]<>fill_width[0])or@| + (cur_active_width[4]<>fill_width[1])or@| + (cur_active_width[5]<>fill_width[2]) then goto not_found; + {infinite stretch of this line not entirely due to |par_fill_skip|} +if active_short(r)>0 then g:=cur_active_width[2] +else g:=cur_active_width[6]; +if g<=0 then goto not_found; {no finite stretch resp.\ no shrink} +arith_error:=false; g:=fract(g,active_short(r),active_glue(r),max_dimen); +if last_line_fit<1000 then g:=fract(g,last_line_fit,1000,max_dimen); +if arith_error then + if active_short(r)>0 then g:=max_dimen@+else g:=-max_dimen; +if g>0 then + @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for stretching, + compute the corresponding |fit_class, and |goto found||@> +else if g<0 then + @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for shrinking, + compute the corresponding |fit_class, and |goto found||@>; +not_found:end + +@ These badness computations are rather similar to those of the standard +algorithm, with the adjustment amount |g| replacing the |shortfall|. + +@<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for str...@>= +begin if g>shortfall then g:=shortfall; +if g>7230584 then if cur_active_width[2]<1663497 then + begin b:=inf_bad; fit_class:=very_loose_fit; goto found; + end; +b:=badness(g,cur_active_width[2]); +if b>12 then + if b>99 then fit_class:=very_loose_fit + else fit_class:=loose_fit +else fit_class:=decent_fit; +goto found; +end + +@ @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for shr...@>= +begin if -g>cur_active_width[6] then g:=-cur_active_width[6]; +b:=badness(-g,cur_active_width[6]); +if b>12 then fit_class:=tight_fit@+else fit_class:=decent_fit; +goto found; +end + +@ Vanishing values of |shortfall| and |g| indicate that the last line is +not adjusted. + +@<Adjust \(t)the additional data for last line@>= +begin if cur_p=null then shortfall:=0; +if shortfall>0 then g:=cur_active_width[2] +else if shortfall<0 then g:=cur_active_width[6] +else g:=0; +end + +@ For each feasible break we record the shortfall and glue stretch or +shrink (or adjustment). + +@<Store \(a)additional data for this feasible break@>= +begin best_pl_short[fit_class]:=shortfall; best_pl_glue[fit_class]:=g; +end + +@ Here we save these data in the active node representing a potential +line break. + +@<Store \(a)additional data in the new active node@>= +begin active_short(q):=best_pl_short[fit_class]; +active_glue(q):=best_pl_glue[fit_class]; +end + +@ @<Print additional data in the new active node@>= +begin print(" s="); print_scaled(active_short(q)); +if cur_p=null then print(" a=")@+else print(" g="); +print_scaled(active_glue(q)); +end + +@ Here we either reset |do_last_line_fit| or adjust the |par_fill_skip| +glue. + +@<Adjust \(t)the final line of the paragraph@>= +if active_short(best_bet)=0 then do_last_line_fit:=false +else begin q:=new_spec(glue_ptr(last_line_fill)); + delete_glue_ref(glue_ptr(last_line_fill)); + width(q):=width(q)+active_short(best_bet)-active_glue(best_bet); + stretch(q):=0; glue_ptr(last_line_fill):=q; + end + +@ When reading \.{\\patterns} while \.{\\savinghyphcodes} is positive +the current |lc_code| values are stored together with the hyphenation +patterns for the current language. They will later be used instead of +the |lc_code| values for hyphenation purposes. + +The |lc_code| values are stored in the linked trie analogous to patterns +$p_1$ of length~1, with |hyph_root=trie_r[0]| replacing |trie_root| and +|lc_code(p_1)| replacing the |trie_op| code. This allows to compress +and pack them together with the patterns with minimal changes to the +existing code. + +@d hyph_root==trie_r[0] {root of the linked trie for |hyph_codes|} + +@<Initialize table entries...@>= +hyph_root:=0; hyph_start:=0; + +@ @<Store hyphenation codes for current language@>= +begin c:=cur_lang; first_child:=false; p:=0; +repeat q:=p; p:=trie_r[q]; +until (p=0)or(c<=so(trie_c[p])); +if (p=0)or(c<so(trie_c[p])) then + @<Insert a new trie node between |q| and |p|, and + make |p| point to it@>; +q:=p; {now node |q| represents |cur_lang|} +@<Store all current |lc_code| values@>; +end + +@ We store all nonzero |lc_code| values, overwriting any previously +stored values (and possibly wasting a few trie nodes that were used +previously and are not needed now). We always store at least one +|lc_code| value such that |hyph_index| (defined below) will not be zero. + +@<Store all current |lc_code| values@>= +p:=trie_l[q]; first_child:=true; +for c:=0 to 255 do + if (lc_code(c)>0)or((c=255)and first_child) then + begin if p=0 then + @<Insert a new trie node between |q| and |p|, and + make |p| point to it@> + else trie_c[p]:=si(c); + trie_o[p]:=qi(lc_code(c)); + q:=p; p:=trie_r[q]; first_child:=false; + end; +if first_child then trie_l[q]:=0@+else trie_r[q]:=0 + +@ We must avoid to ``take'' location~1, in order to distinguish between +|lc_code| values and patterns. + +@<Pack all stored |hyph_codes|@>= +begin if trie_root=0 then for p:=0 to 255 do trie_min[p]:=p+2; +first_fit(hyph_root); trie_pack(hyph_root); +hyph_start:=trie_ref[hyph_root]; +end + +@ The global variable |hyph_index| will point to the hyphenation codes +for the current language. + +@d set_hyph_index== {set |hyph_index| for current language} + if trie_char(hyph_start+cur_lang)<>qi(cur_lang) + then hyph_index:=0 {no hyphenation codes for |cur_lang|} + else hyph_index:=trie_link(hyph_start+cur_lang) +@# +@d set_lc_code(#)== {set |hc[0]| to hyphenation or lc code for |#|} + if hyph_index=0 then hc[0]:=lc_code(#) + else if trie_char(hyph_index+#)<>qi(#) then hc[0]:=0 + else hc[0]:=qo(trie_op(hyph_index+#)) + +@<Glob...@>= +@!hyph_start:trie_pointer; {root of the packed trie for |hyph_codes|} +@!hyph_index:trie_pointer; {pointer to hyphenation codes for |cur_lang|} + +@ When |saving_vdiscards| is positive then the glue, kern, and penalty +nodes removed by the page builder or by \.{\\vsplit} from the top of a +vertical list are saved in special lists instead of being discarded. + +@d tail_page_disc==disc_ptr[copy_code] {last item removed by page builder} +@d page_disc==disc_ptr[last_box_code] {first item removed by page builder} +@d split_disc==disc_ptr[vsplit_code] {first item removed by \.{\\vsplit}} + +@<Glob...@>= +@!disc_ptr:array[copy_code..vsplit_code] of pointer; {list pointers} + +@ @<Set init...@>= +page_disc:=null; split_disc:=null; + +@ The \.{\\pagediscards} and \.{\\splitdiscards} commands share the +command code |un_vbox| with \.{\\unvbox} and \.{\\unvcopy}, they are +distinguished by their |chr_code| values |last_box_code| and +|vsplit_code|. These |chr_code| values are larger than |box_code| and +|copy_code|. + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("pagediscards",un_vbox,last_box_code);@/ +@!@:page_discards_}{\.{\\pagediscards} primitive@> +primitive("splitdiscards",un_vbox,vsplit_code);@/ +@!@:split_discards_}{\.{\\splitdiscards} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |un_vbox| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +else if chr_code=last_box_code then print_esc("pagediscards") +else if chr_code=vsplit_code then print_esc("splitdiscards") + +@ @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>= +begin link(tail):=disc_ptr[cur_chr]; disc_ptr[cur_chr]:=null; +goto done; +end + +@ The \.{\\interlinepenalties}, \.{\\clubpenalties}, \.{\\widowpenalties}, +and \.{\\displaywidowpenalties} commands allow to define arrays of +penalty values to be used instead of the corresponding single values. + +@d inter_line_penalties_ptr==equiv(inter_line_penalties_loc) +@d club_penalties_ptr==equiv(club_penalties_loc) +@d widow_penalties_ptr==equiv(widow_penalties_loc) +@d display_widow_penalties_ptr==equiv(display_widow_penalties_loc) + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("interlinepenalties",set_shape,inter_line_penalties_loc);@/ +@!@:inter_line_penalties_}{\.{\\interlinepenalties} primitive@> +primitive("clubpenalties",set_shape,club_penalties_loc);@/ +@!@:club_penalties_}{\.{\\clubpenalties} primitive@> +primitive("widowpenalties",set_shape,widow_penalties_loc);@/ +@!@:widow_penalties_}{\.{\\widowpenalties} primitive@> +primitive("displaywidowpenalties",set_shape,display_widow_penalties_loc);@/ +@!@:display_widow_penalties_}{\.{\\displaywidowpenalties} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |set_shape| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +inter_line_penalties_loc: print_esc("interlinepenalties"); +club_penalties_loc: print_esc("clubpenalties"); +widow_penalties_loc: print_esc("widowpenalties"); +display_widow_penalties_loc: print_esc("displaywidowpenalties"); + +@ @<Fetch a penalties array element@>= +begin scan_int; +if (equiv(m)=null)or(cur_val<0) then cur_val:=0 +else begin if cur_val>penalty(equiv(m)) then cur_val:=penalty(equiv(m)); + cur_val:=penalty(equiv(m)+cur_val); + end; +end + +@* \[54] System-dependent changes. +@z +%--------------------------------------- diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eocprt.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eocprt.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3637cc2ed62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eocprt.ch @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +@x +wterm_ln('Copyright (c) 1994--2000 John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous'); +@y +wterm_ln('Copyright (c) 2002 the e-Omega task force'); +@z +@x +print_nl("Copyright (c) 1994--2000 John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous"); +@y +print_nl("Copyright (c) 2002 the e-Omega task force"); +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoeqtb.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoeqtb.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f2ce7917a57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoeqtb.ch @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +% This changefile gets rid of all the remaining eqtb references +% and fixes other similar issues +% (hopefully ...) +%---------------------------------------- +@x +begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then +@y +begin if eTeX_ex and(new_eqtb_int(p)=w) then +@z +%---------------------------------------- +% eomega.web line 29099 +@x +@d eTeX_state(#)==eqtb[eTeX_state_base+#].int {an \eTeX\ state variable} +@y +@d eTeX_state(#)==new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+#) {an \eTeX\ state variable} +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x +@d eTeX_revision_code=6 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}} +@y +@d eTeX_revision_code=job_name_code+1 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}} +@z + diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoext.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoext.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08dcccefa47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoext.ch @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +% vim ft=ch +% Dealing with extended formats +% and changing the last Omega references to e-Omega +@x +@<Read the other strings from the \.{OMEGA.POOL} file and return |true|, +@y +@<Read the other strings from the \.{EOMEGA.POOL} file and return |true|, +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x +else bad_pool('! I can''t read OMEGA.POOL.') +@.I can't read OMEGA.POOL@> + +@ @<Read one string...@>= +begin if eof(pool_file) then bad_pool('! OMEGA.POOL has no check sum.'); +@.OMEGA.POOL has no check sum@> +read(pool_file,m,n); {read two digits of string length} +if m='*' then @<Check the pool check sum@> +else begin if (m<"0")or(m>"9")or@| + (n<"0")or(n>"9") then + bad_pool('! OMEGA.POOL line doesn''t begin with two digits.'); +@.OMEGA.POOL line doesn't...@> +@y +else bad_pool('! I can''t read EOMEGA.POOL.') +@.I can't read EOMEGA.POOL@> + +@ @<Read one string...@>= +begin if eof(pool_file) then bad_pool('! EOMEGA.POOL has no check sum.'); +@.EOMEGA.POOL has no check sum@> +read(pool_file,m,n); {read two digits of string length} +if m='*' then @<Check the pool check sum@> +else begin if (m<"0")or(m>"9")or@| + (n<"0")or(n>"9") then + bad_pool('! EOMEGA.POOL line doesn''t begin with two digits.'); +@.EOMEGA.POOL line doesn't...@> +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x + bad_pool('! OMEGA.POOL check sum doesn''t have nine digits.'); +@.OMEGA.POOL check sum...@> + a:=10*a+n-"0"; + if k=9 then goto done; + incr(k); read(pool_file,n); + end; +done: if a<>@$ then bad_pool('! OMEGA.POOL doesn''t match; OTANGLE me again.'); +@.OMEGA.POOL doesn't match@> +@y + bad_pool('! EOMEGA.POOL check sum doesn''t have nine digits.'); +@.EOMEGA.POOL check sum...@> + a:=10*a+n-"0"; + if k=9 then goto done; + incr(k); read(pool_file,n); + end; +done: if a<>@$ then bad_pool('! EOMEGA.POOL doesn''t match; OTANGLE me again.'); +@.EOMEGA.POOL doesn't match@> +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x +print_err("Omega capacity exceeded, sorry ["); +@y +print_err("e-Omega capacity exceeded, sorry ["); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x + print("Omega output, Version 3.141592--1.15, "); +@y + print("e-Omega output, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1, "); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x + print_err("Patterns can be loaded only by INIOMEGA"); +@y + print_err("Patterns can be loaded only by INIEOMEGA"); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x +format_ident:=" (INIOMEGA)"; +@y +format_ident:=" (INIEOMEGA)"; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x + print_nl("(\dump is performed only by INIOMEGA)"); return; +@:dump_}{\.{\\dump...only by INIOMEGA}@> +@y + print_nl("(\dump is performed only by INIEOMEGA)"); return; +@:dump_}{\.{\\dump...only by INIEOMEGA}@> +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x +@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INITEX)") then +@y +@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INIEOMEGA)") then +@z +%%% The following lines would let e-Omega start in enhanced mode +% %---------------------------------------- +% @x +% incr(loc); eTeX_mode:=1; {enter extended mode} +% @y +% if (buffer[loc]="*") then incr(loc); +% eTeX_mode:=1; {enter extended mode} +% @z +% %---------------------------------------- +% @x +% eTeX_mode:=0; {initially we are in compatibility mode} +% @y +% eTeX_mode:=1; {initially we are in extended mode} +% @z +% %---------------------------------------- +% @x +% for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do set_new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+j,0); {disable all enhancements} +% @y +% for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do set_new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+j,1); {enable all enhancements} +% @z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..693f1a8bcea --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix.ch @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +%---------------------------------------- +% Fix some compilation quirks +% l. 4780 +@x + if local_par_bool then begin end {tail_append(local_par)} +@y + if local_par_bool then begin end {|tail_append(local_par)|} +@z +% l. 8515 +@x + if (type(tail)<>math_node)or(subtype(tail)<>end_M_code) then +@y + if (type(tail)<>math_node) then +@z +% l.28263 +@x +pack_direction:=-1; +{ +set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_height_code,55380984); {29.7cm} +set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_width_code,39158276); {21cm} +} +set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_height_code,15961652); {for talk} +set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_width_code,23718717); {for talk} +@y +pack_direction:=-1; + +set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_height_code,55380984); {29.7cm} +set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_width_code,39158276); {21cm} +{ +| set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_height_code,15961652); | {for talk} +| set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_width_code,23718717); | {for talk} +} +@z +% l. 28336 +@x +primitive("pagewidth",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_width_code);@/ +{ +primitive("pagerightoffset",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_right_offset_code);@/ +primitive("pagebottomoffset",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_bottom_offset_code);@/ +} +@y +primitive("pagewidth",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_width_code);@/ +{ +|primitive("pagerightoffset",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_right_offset_code);| +|primitive("pagebottomoffset",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_bottom_offset_code);| +} +@z +@x + +@d decr(#)==#:=#-1 + +@y + +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix2.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72de2a419cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix2.ch @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +% vim:ft=change +% This changefile fixes some minor bugs in (e-)Omega + +@x l.4290 -- max words = 8 (required by local_par_node) +@p function copy_node_list(@!p:pointer):pointer; {makes a duplicate of the + node list that starts at |p| and returns a pointer to the new list} +var h:pointer; {temporary head of copied list} +@!q:pointer; {previous position in new list} +@!r:pointer; {current node being fabricated for new list} +@!words:0..5; {number of words remaining to be copied} +@y +@p function copy_node_list(@!p:pointer):pointer; {makes a duplicate of the + node list that starts at |p| and returns a pointer to the new list} +var h:pointer; {temporary head of copied list} +@!q:pointer; {previous position in new list} +@!r:pointer; {current node being fabricated for new list} +@!words:0..8; {number of words remaining to be copied} +@z +% ---------------------------------------- +@x remove l.18956 -- 18994 and reference to new_hsize +function get_natural_width(first_ptr:pointer):scaled; +label reswitch, common_ending, exit; +var +@!p:pointer; +@!x:scaled; {height, depth, and natural width} +@!g:pointer; {points to a glue specification} +@!f:internal_font_number; {the font in a |char_node|} +@!i:four_quarters; {font information about a |char_node|} +begin +x:=0; +p:=first_ptr; +while p<>null do begin + while is_char_node(p) do begin + f:=font(p); i:=char_info(f)(character(p)); + x:=x+char_width(f)(i); + p:=link(p); + end; + if p<>null then + begin case type(p) of + hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node,unset_node: + x:=x+width(p); + ins_node,mark_node,adjust_node: do_nothing; + whatsit_node: do_nothing; + glue_node: begin + g:=glue_ptr(p); x:=x+width(g); + end; + kern_node,math_node: x:=x+width(p); + ligature_node: begin + f:=font(p); i:=char_info(f)(character(lig_char(p))); + x:=x+char_width(f)(i); + end; + othercases do_nothing + endcases; + p:=link(p); + end; + end; +get_natural_width:=x; +end; + +procedure line_break(@!d:boolean); +label done,done1,done2,done3,done4,done5,continue; +var new_hsize: scaled; +@<Local variables for line breaking@>@; +@y +procedure line_break(@!d:boolean); +label done,done1,done2,done3,done4,done5,continue; +var @<Local variables for line breaking@>@; +@z +% ---------------------------------------- +@x remove remaining refs to new_hsize (l.19726 etc) +@ We compute the values of |easy_line| and the other local variables relating +to line length when the |line_break| procedure is initializing itself. + +@<Get ready to start...@>= +new_hsize := get_natural_width(link(temp_head)) div 7; +if new_hsize>hsize then new_hsize:=hsize; +if new_hsize<(hsize div 4) then new_hsize:=(hsize div 4); +new_hsize := hsize; +if par_shape_ptr=null then + if hang_indent=0 then + begin last_special_line:=0; second_width:=new_hsize; + second_indent:=0; + end + else @<Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation@> +else begin last_special_line:=info(par_shape_ptr)-1; + second_width:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*(last_special_line+1)].sc; + second_indent:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*last_special_line+1].sc; + end; +if looseness=0 then easy_line:=last_special_line +else easy_line:=max_halfword + +@ @<Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation@>= +begin last_special_line:=abs(hang_after); +if hang_after<0 then + begin first_width:=new_hsize-abs(hang_indent); + if hang_indent>=0 then first_indent:=hang_indent + else first_indent:=0; + second_width:=new_hsize; second_indent:=0; + end +else begin first_width:=new_hsize; first_indent:=0; + second_width:=hsize-abs(hang_indent); + if hang_indent>=0 then second_indent:=hang_indent + else second_indent:=0; + end; +end +@y +@ We compute the values of |easy_line| and the other local variables relating +to line length when the |line_break| procedure is initializing itself. + +@<Get ready to start...@>= +if par_shape_ptr=null then + if hang_indent=0 then + begin last_special_line:=0; second_width:=hsize; + second_indent:=0; + end + else @<Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation@> +else begin last_special_line:=info(par_shape_ptr)-1; + second_width:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*(last_special_line+1)].sc; + second_indent:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*last_special_line+1].sc; + end; +if looseness=0 then easy_line:=last_special_line +else easy_line:=max_halfword + +@ @<Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation@>= +begin last_special_line:=abs(hang_after); +if hang_after<0 then + begin first_width:=hsize-abs(hang_indent); + if hang_indent>=0 then first_indent:=hang_indent + else first_indent:=0; + second_width:=hsize; second_indent:=0; + end +else begin first_width:=hsize; first_indent:=0; + second_width:=hsize-abs(hang_indent); + if hang_indent>=0 then second_indent:=hang_indent + else second_indent:=0; + end; +end +@z +% ---------------------------------------- +@x l.28441 -- Correct wrong node size +dir_node: begin r:=get_node(dir_node_size); + words:=small_node_size; + end; +@y +dir_node: begin r:=get_node(dir_node_size); + words:=dir_node_size; + end; +@z +% ---------------------------------------- + diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofmt.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofmt.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e05742388e --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofmt.ch @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +% XOMEGA.WEB l.428 +@x +@!pool_name='TeXformats:OMEGA.POOL '; +@y +@!pool_name='TeXformats:EOMEGA.POOL '; +@z +% XOMEGA.WEB l.10746 +@x +is `\.{.fmt}' on the format files written by \.{INITEX} to initialize \TeX. +@y +is `\.{.eofmt}' on the format files written by \.{INITEX} to initialize \TeX. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% XOMEGA.WEB l.10909 +@x +@d format_default_length=20 {length of the |TEX_format_default| string} +@y +@d format_default_length=22 {length of the |TEX_format_default| string} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% XOMEGA.WEB l.10911 +@x +@d format_ext_length=4 {length of its `\.{.fmt}' part} +@d format_extension=".fmt" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant} +@y +@d format_ext_length=6 {length of its `\.{.xfmt}' part} +@d format_extension=".eofmt" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +% XOMEGA.WEB l.10918 +@x +TEX_format_default:='TeXformats:plain.fmt'; +@y +TEX_format_default:='TeXformats:plain.eofmt'; +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.defines b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.defines new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8cf7f8fdc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.defines @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +{ omega.defines: Web declarations of Omega + +This file is part of Omega, +which is based on the web2c distribution of TeX, + +Copyright (c) 1994--2001 John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous + +Omega is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +Omega is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with Omega; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +} + +@define function newinputln (); +@define function getfilemode (); +@define function newinputline (); +@define function neweqtb (); +@define function neweqtbint (); +@define function neweqtbsc (); +@define function newequiv (); +@define function newequiv1 (); +@define function neweqlevel (); +@define function neweqtype (); + +@define function newhashnext (); +@define function newhashtext (); +@define function newxeqlevel (); + +@define procedure odateandtime (); +@define procedure allocatefonttable (); +@define procedure dumpfonttable (); +@define procedure undumpfonttable (); +@define procedure allocatefontsorttable (); +@define procedure dumpfontsorttable (); +@define procedure undumpfontsorttable (); +@define procedure allocateocptable (); +@define procedure dumpocptable (); +@define procedure undumpocptable (); +@define procedure initeqtbtable; +@define procedure dumpeqtbtable; +@define procedure undumpeqtbtable; +@define procedure setneweqtb (); +@define procedure setneweqtbint (); +@define procedure setneweqtbsc (); +@define procedure setequiv (); +@define procedure setequiv1 (); +@define procedure seteqtype (); +@define procedure seteqlevel (); +@define procedure btestin ; +@define procedure runexternalocp (); +@define procedure changeomegafilename (); + +@define procedure sethashnext (); +@define procedure sethashtext (); +@define procedure setintzero (); +@define procedure setintone (); + +@define var fonttables; +@define var fontsorttables; +@define var ocptables; + +@define var ocptemp; + +{ end of omega.defines } diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.ech b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.ech new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33f6c4577ce --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.ech @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +% This is `tex.ech' in text format as of Jan 14, 1998, +% for web2c-7.0 and e-TeX Version 2.0;eNov23 as of Nov 25, 1997, +% made by B. Raichle and P. Breitenlohner. +% Copyright (C) 1994,97 by the NTS team; all rights are reserved. + +% +@x [...] l.10746 +is `\.{.fmt}' on the format files written by \.{INITEX} to initialize \TeX. +@y +is `\.{.eoft}' on the format files written by \.{INITEX} to initialize \TeX. +@z + +% +@x [...] l.10911 +@d format_ext_length=4 {length of its `\.{.oft}' part} +@d format_extension=".oft" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant} +@y +@d format_ext_length=5 {length of its `\.{.eoft}' part} +@d format_extension=".eoft" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant} +@z + +@x [51.1332] l.24203 (ca.) texarray + xmalloc_array (line_stack, max_in_open); +@y + xmalloc_array (line_stack, max_in_open); + xmalloc_array (eof_seen, max_in_open); + xmalloc_array (grp_stack, max_in_open); + xmalloc_array (if_stack, max_in_open); +@z + +@x [51.1337] l.24371 (ca.) texarray + trie_root:=0; trie_c[0]:=si(0); trie_ptr:=0; +@y + trie_root:=0; trie_c[0]:=si(0); trie_ptr:=0; + hyph_root:=0; hyph_start:=0; +@z + +@x [53a.???] l.??? texarray +@!eof_seen : array[1..max_in_open] of boolean; {has eof been seen?} +@y +@!eof_seen : ^boolean; {has eof been seen?} +@z + +@x [53a.???] l.??? texarray +@!grp_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of save_pointer; {initial |cur_boundary|} +@!if_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of pointer; {initial |cond_ptr|} +@y +@!grp_stack : ^save_pointer; {initial |cur_boundary|} +@!if_stack : ^pointer; {initial |cond_ptr|} +@z + +@x [53a.???] l.??? texarray +hyph_root:=0; hyph_start:=0; +@y +@z + +% @x [54/web2c.???] l.??? needed earlier +% replacement, but always existing character |font_bc[f]|. +% @^inner loop@> +% +% @<Declare additional functions for ML\TeX@>= +% function effective_char(@!err_p:boolean; +% @y +% replacement, but always existing character |font_bc[f]|. +% @^inner loop@> +% +% @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>= +% function effective_char(@!err_p:boolean; +% @z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mak b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mak new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..923eca7bce0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mak @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +################################################################################ +# +# Makefile : Omega, web2c win32.mak makefile fragment to build Omega +# Author : Fabrice Popineau <Fabrice.Popineau@supelec.fr> +# Platform : Win32, Microsoft VC++ 6.0, depends upon fpTeX 0.5 sources +# Time-stamp: <04/03/20 16:43:02 popineau> +# +################################################################################ + +# e-Omega itself. + +# We build eomega +eomega = $(objdir)\eomega.exe +!ifdef TEX_DLL +eomega = $(eomega) $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.dll +!endif + +# The C sources. +eomega_c = eomega.c +eomega_o = $(objdir)\eomega.obj $(objdir)\eomegafirst.obj $(objdir)\eomegabis.obj + +# Generation of the web and ch files. + +omegadir = .\omegadir-1.15 +eomegadir = .\eomegadir + +# +# e-Omega is build without the xml support +# so we can't reuse omega.web and omega.ch +# we need to build stripped down versions +# +eomega_files = \ +# $(omegadir)\omnode.ch \ + $(omegadir)\om16bit.ch \ + $(omegadir)\omstr.ch \ + $(omegadir)\omfont.ch \ + $(omegadir)\omchar.ch \ + $(omegadir)\omfi.ch \ + $(omegadir)\ompar.ch \ + $(omegadir)\omocp.ch \ + $(omegadir)\omfilter.ch \ + $(omegadir)\omtrans.ch \ + $(omegadir)\omdir.ch \ +# $(omegadir)\omxml.ch # We don't want this one, really, do we? + $(eomegadir)\eocprt.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\eobase.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\eomem-rc1.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\eo16bit-rc1.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\eofix.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\eofix2.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\eoeqtb.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\eonewdir-rc1.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\eover-rc1.ch + +eomega_changefiles = \ + $(eomegadir)\omega.ch0 \ +# $(omegadir)\comnode.ch \ + $(omegadir)\com16bit.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comstr.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comfont.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comchar.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comfi.ch \ + $(omegadir)\compar.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comocp.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comfilter.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comtrans.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comdir.ch \ +# $(omegadir)\comxml.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comsrcspec.ch \ + $(omegadir)\comw32.ch \ + $(eomegadir)\omega.ch1 \ + $(eomegadir)\eomega.ech \ + $(eomegadir)\omega.ch2 + +# Linking +!ifdef TEX_DLL +$(ojbdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.exp: $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.lib + +$(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.lib: $(eomega_o) + $(archive) /DEF $(eomega_o) + +$(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.dll: $(eomega_o) $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.exp $(objdir)\eomega.res $(omegalibsdep) $(kpathsealib) $(proglib) + $(link_dll) $(**) $(conlibs) + +$(objdir)\eomega.exe: $(objdir)\win32main.obj $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.lib $(proglib) + $(link) $(**) $(socketslib) $(conlibs) +!else +$(objdir)\eomega.exe: $(eomega_o) $(objdir)\win32main.obj $(kpathsealib) $(proglib) + $(link) $(**) $(socketlibs) $(conlibs) +!endif + +# The C files +$(eomega_c) eomegacoerce.h eomegad.h: eomega.p $(web2c_texmf) + $(web2c) eomega +# Additional C files, just copy them. +eomegafirst.c: omegadir\omega.c + -$(del) $@ + $(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omega.c $@ +eomegabis.c: omegadir\omegabis.c + -$(del) $@ + $(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omegabis.c $@ +eomegamem.h: omegadir\omegamem.h + -$(del) $@ + $(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omegamem.h $@ + +# The Pascal file +eomega.p eomega.pool: $(objdir)\otangle.exe eomega.web eomega.ch + $(objdir)\otangle eomega.web eomega.ch + +# Generation of the web and ch files. +eomega.web: $(objdir)\tie.exe tex.web $(eomega_files) + $(objdir)\tie.exe -m $@ tex.web $(eomega_files) + +eomega.ch: $(objdir)\tie.exe eomega.web $(eomega_changefiles) + $(objdir)\tie.exe -c $@ eomega.web $(eomega_changefiles) + +# Check: right now all we do is build the format. +check: eomega-check +eomega-check: eomega eomega.eoft +# Cleaning up from building omega +clean:: eomega-clean +eomega-clean: + -@echo $(verbose) & ( \ + for %%i in ($(eomega_c) eomegaextra.c eomegacoerce.h eomegad.h \ + eomegafirst.c eomegabis.c eomegamem.h \ + eomega.p eomega.pool eomega.web eomega.ch) do $(del) %%i $(redir_stderr) \ + ) +# +# Dumps. +# all_eofmts = eomega.eoft $(eofmts) +# +# dumps: eofmts +# eofmts: $(all_eofmts) +# +# eomega.eoft: $(eomega) +# $(dumpenv) $(make) progname=eomega files="omega.tex" prereq-check +# $(dumpenv) .\$(objdir)\eomega --ini --progname=eomega --jobname=eomega "\\input omega.tex \\dump" < nul +# +# elambda.eoft: $(eomega) +# $(dumpenv) $(make) progname=elambda files="lambda.tex" prereq-check +# $(dumpenv) .\$(objdir)\eomega --ini --progname=elambda --progname=elambda --jobname=elambda "\\input lambda.tex" < nul + + +# +# Installation. +install-eomega: install-eomega-exec install-eomega-data +install-eomega-exec: install-eomega-links +# install-eomega-data: install-eomega-dumps +install-eomega-dumps: install-eomega-fmts + +# The actual binary executables and pool files. +install-programs: install-eomega-programs +install-eomega-programs: $(eomega) $(bindir) + -@echo $(verbose) & ( \ + for %%p in ($(eomega)) do copy %%p $(bindir) $(redir_stdout) \ + ) + +install-links: install-eomega-links +install-eomega-links: install-eomega-programs +# -@echo $(verbose) & ( \ +# pushd $(bindir) & \ +# $(del) inieomega.exe vireomega.exe & \ +# $(lnexe) .\eomega.exe .\inieomega.exe & \ +# $(lnexe) .\eomega.exe .\vireomega.exe & \ +# popd \ +# ) $(redir_stdout) + -@echo $(verbose) & ( \ + if not "$(eofmts)"=="" \ + for %%i in ($(eofmts)) do \ + pushd $(bindir) & \ + $(del) .\%%~ni.exe & \ + $(lnexe) .\eomega.exe $(bindir)\%%~ni.exe & \ + popd \ + ) $(redir_stdout) + +install-fmts: install-eomega-fmts +install-eomega-fmts: eofmts $(fmtdir) + -@echo $(verbose) & ( \ + if not "$(eofmts)"=="" \ + for %%f in ($(eofmts)) do $(copy) %%f $(fmtdir)\%%f $(redir_stdout) \ + ) $(redir_stdout) + +# Auxiliary files. +install-data:: install-eomega-data +install-eomega-data: $(texpooldir) + @$(copy) eomega.pool $(texpooldir)\eomega.pool $(redir_stdout) + +# end of eomega.mak +# +# Local variables: +# page-delimiter: "^# \f" +# mode: Makefile +# End: diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mk b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mk new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47a0c7a4f26 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mk @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +# Makefile fragment for Omega and web2c. --infovore@xs4all.nl. Public domain. +# This fragment contains the parts of the makefile that are most likely to +# differ between releases of Omega. + +eomegadir = eomegadir +omegadir = omegadir-1.15 + +Makefile: $(eomegadir)/eomega.mk + +# e-Omega itself. + +# We build eomega +eomega =@EOMEGA@ eomega + +# The C sources. +eomega_c = eomegaini.c eomega0.c eomega1.c eomega2.c eomega3.c +eomega_o = eomegaini.o eomega0.o eomega1.o eomega2.o \ + eomegaextra.o eomega.o eomegabis.o \ + eomega3.o + +# Linking +eomega: $(eomega_o) + $(kpathsea_link) $(eomega_o) $(socketlibs) $(LOADLIBES) + +# The C files +$(eomega_c) eomegacoerce.h eomegad.h: eomega.p $(web2c_texmf) + $(web2c) eomega +eomegaextra.c: lib/texmfmp.c + sed s/TEX-OR-MF-OR-MP/eomega/ $(srcdir)/lib/texmfmp.c >$@ +# Additional C files, just copy them. +eomega.c: $(omegadir)/omega.c + -rm -f $@ + cp $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omega.c $@ +eomegabis.c: $(omegadir)/omegabis.c + -rm -f $@ + cp $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omegabis.c $@ +eomegamem.h: $(omegadir)/omegamem.h + -rm -f $@ + cp $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omegamem.h $@ + +# The Pascal file +eomega.p eomega.pool: otangle eomega.web eomega.ch + ./otangle eomega.web eomega.ch + +# Generation of the web and ch files. +eomega.web: tie tex.web $(eomegadir)/eomega.mk +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/om16bit.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omstr.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omfont.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omchar.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omfi.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/ompar.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omocp.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omfilter.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omtrans.ch +eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omdir.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eocprt.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eobase.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eomem-rc1.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eo16bit-rc1.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eofix.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eofix2.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eoeqtb.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eonewdir-rc1.ch +eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eover-rc1.ch + ./tie -m eomega.web $(srcdir)/tex.web \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/om16bit.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omstr.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omfont.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omchar.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omfi.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/ompar.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omocp.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omfilter.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omtrans.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omdir.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eocprt.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eobase.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eomem-rc1.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eo16bit-rc1.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eofix.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eofix2.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eoeqtb.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eonewdir-rc1.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eover-rc1.ch +eomega.ch: tie eomega.web $(eomegadir)/eomega.mk +eomega.ch: $(eomegadir)/omega.ch0 +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/com16bit.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comstr.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comfont.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comchar.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comfi.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/compar.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comocp.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comfilter.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comtrans.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comdir.ch +eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comsrcspec.ch +eomega.ch: $(eomegadir)/omega.ch1 +eomega.ch: $(eomegadir)/eomega.ech +eomega.ch: $(eomegadir)/omega.ch2 + ./tie -c eomega.ch eomega.web \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/omega.ch0 \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/com16bit.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comstr.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comfont.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comchar.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comfi.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/compar.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comocp.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comfilter.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comtrans.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comdir.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comsrcspec.ch \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/omega.ch1 \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eomega.ech \ + $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/omega.ch2 +# Check: right now all we do is build the format. +check: eomega-check +eomega-check: eomega eomega.eoft +# Cleaning up from building omega +clean:: eomega-clean +eomega-clean: + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=clean $(RM) eomega + rm -f $(eomega_c) eomegaextra.c eomegacoerce.h eomegad.h + rm -f eomega.c eomegabis.c eomegamem.h + rm -f eomega.p eomega.pool eomega.web eomega.ch + + +# Dumps. +all_eofmts =@FMU@ eomega.eoft $(eofmts) + +dumps: eofmts +eofmts: $(all_eofmts) + +eomega.eoft: eomega + $(dumpenv) $(MAKE) progname=eomega files="omega.tex" prereq-check + $(dumpenv) ./eomega --ini --progname=eomega --jobname=eomega \\input omega.tex \\dump </dev/null + +elambda.eoft: eomega + $(dumpenv) $(MAKE) progname=elambda files="lambda.tex" prereq-check + $(dumpenv) ./eomega --ini --progname=elambda --progname=elambda --jobname=elambda \\input lambda.tex </dev/null + + + +# Installation. +install-eomega: install-eomega-exec install-eomega-data +install-eomega-exec: install-eomega-links +install-eomega-data:: install-eomega-dumps +install-eomega-dumps: install-eomega-fmts + +# The actual binary executables and pool files. +install-programs: install-eomega-programs +install-eomega-programs: $(eomega) $(bindir) + for p in eomega; do $(INSTALL_LIBTOOL_PROG) $$p $(bindir); done + +install-links: install-eomega-links +install-eomega-links: install-eomega-programs + @FMU@cd $(bindir) && (rm -f inieomega vireomega; \ + @FMU@ $(LN) eomega inieomega; $(LN) eomega vireomega) + eofmts="$(eofmts)"; + for f in $$eofmts; do base=`basename $$f .eoft`; \ + (cd $(bindir) && (rm -f $$base; $(LN) eomega $$base)); done + +install-fmts: install-eomega-fmts +install-eomega-fmts: eofmts $(fmtdir) + eofmts="$(all_eofmts)"; + for f in $$eofmts; do $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(fmtdir)/$$f; done + +# Auxiliary files. +install-data install-eomega-data:: $(texpooldir) +@EOMEGA@ $(INSTALL_DATA) eomega.pool $(texpooldir)/eomega.pool + +# end of omega.mk diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomegaextra.h b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomegaextra.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..342283ae759 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomegaextra.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/* eomegaextra.h: banner etc. for Omega. + + This is included by Omega, from ../omegaextra.c + (generated from ../lib/texmfmp.c). + +This file is part of Omega, +which is based on the web2c distribution of TeX, + +Copyright (c) 1994--2001 John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous + +Omega is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +Omega is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with Omega; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +*/ + +#define BANNER "This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1" +#define COPYRIGHT_HOLDER "the e-Omega task force" +#define AUTHOR NULL +#define PROGRAM_HELP EOMEGAHELP +#define DUMP_VAR TEXformatdefault +#define DUMP_LENGTH_VAR formatdefaultlength +#define DUMP_OPTION "eoft" +#define DUMP_EXT ".eoft" +#define INPUT_FORMAT kpse_tex_format +#define INI_PROGRAM "inieomega" +#define VIR_PROGRAM "vireomega" diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc1.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc1.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bba75066b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc1.ch @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +% vim ft=ch +% This file is part of the e-Omega project +% Purpouse of this file: adapting e-TeX to Omega memory management +% Most registers are reverted to the Omega model. The only exception +% is markings. +%--------------------------------------- + @x eobase.ch l.672 +begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then + @y +begin if eTeX_ex and(new_eqtb_int(p)=w) then + @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.1071 + if m=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val<256 then cur_val:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then cur_val:=null + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end; + end + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m) + else cur_val:=equiv(m); + cur_val_level:=tok_val; +@y + begin scan_eight_bit_int; m:=toks_base+cur_val; + end; + scanned_result(equiv(m))(tok_val); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.1220 +begin if (m<mem_bot)or(m>lo_mem_stat_max) then + begin cur_val_level:=sa_type(m); + if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(m) + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m); + end +else begin scan_register_num; cur_val_level:=m-mem_bot; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(cur_val_level,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then + if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=0 + else cur_val:=zero_glue + else if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(cur_ptr) + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end + else + case cur_val_level of +@y +begin scan_eight_bit_int; +case m of +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x + end; +@y +cur_val_level:=m; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.1420 + if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then tracing_online:=1; +@y + if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then set_new_eqtb_int(int_base+tracing_online_code,1); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x + tracing_online:=old_setting; +@y + set_new_eqtb_int(int_base+tracing_online_code,old_setting); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2309 +begin if box_context<global_box_flag then + begin cur_val:=box_context-box_flag; a:=0; + end +else begin cur_val:=box_context-global_box_flag; a:=4; + end; +if cur_val<256 then define(box_base+cur_val,box_ref,cur_box) +else sa_def_box; +end +@y +if box_context<box_flag+number_regs then + eq_define(box_base-box_flag+box_context,box_ref,cur_box) +else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-number_regs+box_context,box_ref,cur_box) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2328 +@!n:halfword; {a box number} +begin case cur_chr of +box_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(cur_box); + set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); + {the box becomes void, at the same level} + end; +copy_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(q); cur_box:=copy_node_list(q); +@y +@!n:eight_bits; {a box number} +begin case cur_chr of +box_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=box(cur_val); + set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); + {the box becomes void, at the same level} + end; +copy_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=copy_node_list(box(cur_val)); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2359 +begin scan_register_num; n:=cur_val; +@y +begin scan_eight_bit_int; n:=cur_val; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2422 +begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>; +c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); +@y +begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>; +c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2431 +else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p); +change_box(null); +@y +else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p); +set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2698 + othercases begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin j:=n-count_def_code; {|int_val..box_val|} + if j>mu_val then j:=tok_val; {|int_val..mu_val| or |tok_val|} + find_sa_element(j,cur_val,true); add_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + if j=tok_val then j:=toks_register@+else j:=register; + define(p,j,cur_ptr); + end + else +@y + othercases begin scan_eight_bit_int; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2726 + e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements} + if cur_cmd=toks_register then + if cur_chr=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,true); + cur_chr:=cur_ptr; e:=true; + end + else cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val; + end + else e:=true; + p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots} +@y + if cur_cmd=toks_register then + begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=toks_base+cur_val; + end + else p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2746 + begin sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref); + end + else begin if (p=output_routine_loc)and not e then {enclose in curlies} +@y + begin define(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref); + end + else begin if p=output_routine_loc then {enclose in curlies} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2754 + sa_define(p,def_ref)(p,call,def_ref); +@y + define(p,call,def_ref); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2770 +if (cur_cmd=toks_register)or(cur_cmd=assign_toks) then + begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then + if cur_chr=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val<256 then q:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then q:=null + else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end; + end + else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr) + else q:=equiv(cur_chr); + if q=null then sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null) + else begin add_token_ref(q); sa_define(p,q)(p,call,q); + end; + goto done; + end +@y +begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then + begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_cmd:=assign_toks; cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val; + end; +if cur_cmd=assign_toks then + begin q:=equiv(cur_chr); + if q=null then define(p,undefined_cs,null) + else begin add_token_ref(q); define(p,call,q); + end; + goto done; + end; +end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2792 +@!e:boolean; {does |l| refer to a sparse array element?} +@!w:integer; {integer or dimen value of |l|} +begin q:=cur_cmd; +e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements} +@y +begin q:=cur_cmd; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2802 +if p<glue_val then sa_word_define(l,cur_val) +else begin trap_zero_glue; sa_define(l,cur_val)(l,glue_ref,cur_val); +@y +if p<glue_val then word_define(l,cur_val) +else begin trap_zero_glue; define(l,glue_ref,cur_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2809 +if (cur_chr<mem_bot)or(cur_chr>lo_mem_stat_max) then + begin l:=cur_chr; p:=sa_type(l); e:=true; + end +else begin p:=cur_chr-mem_bot; scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(p,cur_val,true); l:=cur_ptr; e:=true; + end + else +@y +p:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2823 + end; +end; +found: if p<glue_val then@+if e then w:=sa_int(l)@+else w:=new_eqtb_int(l); +else if e then s:=sa_ptr(l)@+else s:=equiv(l) +@y +end; +found: +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2832 + if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+w; +@y + if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+new_eqtb_int(l); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2838 +begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=s; +@y +begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=equiv(l); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2847 + if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(w,cur_val) + else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(w,cur_val,0) + else cur_val:=x_over_n(w,cur_val) +else begin r:=new_spec(s); +@y + if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val) + else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val,0) + else cur_val:=x_over_n(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val) +else begin s:=equiv(l); r:=new_spec(s); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2859 +set_box: begin scan_register_num; + if global then n:=global_box_flag+cur_val@+else n:=box_flag+cur_val; + scan_optional_equals; + if set_box_allowed then scan_box(n) +@y +set_box: begin scan_eight_bit_int; + if global then n:=number_regs+cur_val@+else n:=cur_val; + scan_optional_equals; + if set_box_allowed then scan_box(box_flag+n) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2883 +@!b:pointer; {box register} +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(b); scan_optional_equals; +scan_normal_dimen; +if b<>null then mem[b+c].sc:=cur_val; +@y +@!b:eight_bits; {box number} +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; b:=cur_val; scan_optional_equals; +scan_normal_dimen; +if box(b)<>null then mem[box(b)+c].sc:=cur_val; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x [49] m.1296 l.23637 - e-TeX sparse arrays +begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); begin_diagnostic; +print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("="); +if p=null then print("void")@+else show_box(p); +@y +begin scan_eight_bit_int; begin_diagnostic; +print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("="); +if box(cur_val)=null then print("void") +else show_box(box(cur_val)); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2979 +if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do dump_int(sa_root[k]); +@y +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2986 +if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do + undump(null)(lo_mem_max)(sa_root[k]); +@y +@z +@x l. 3132 +for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do eTeX_state(j):=0; {disable all enhancements} +@y +for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do set_new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+j,0); {disable all enhancements} +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc2.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c531d831006 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc2.ch @@ -0,0 +1,498 @@ +% vim ft=ch +% This file is part of the e-Omega project +% Purpouse of this file: adapting e-TeX to Omega memory management +% Most registers are reverted to the Omega model. The only exception +% is markings. +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.571 +primitive("toks",toks_register,mem_bot);@/ +@y +primitive("toks",toks_register,0);@/ +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.615 +toks_register: @<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>; +@y +toks_register: print_esc("toks"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.628 +interpreted in one of five ways: +@y +interpreted in one of four ways: +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.634 +the entries for that group. +Furthermore, in extended \eTeX\ mode, |save_stack[p-1]| contains the +source line number at which the current level of grouping was entered. + +\yskip\hang 5) If |save_type(p)=restore_sa|, then |sa_chain| points to a +chain of sparse array entries to be restored at the end of the current +group. Furthermore |save_index(p)| and |save_level(p)| should replace +the values of |sa_chain| and |sa_level| respectively. +@y +the entries for that group. +Furthermore, in extended \eTeX\ mode, |save_stack[p-1]| contains the +source line number at which the current level of grouping was entered. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.647 +@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group} +@d restore_sa=4 {|save_type| when sparse array entries should be restored} + +@p@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tracing and input@> +@y +@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group} + +@p@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tracing and input@> +@z +%--------------------------------------- + @x eobase.ch l.672 +begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then + @y +begin if eTeX_ex and(new_eqtb_int(p)=w) then + @z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.686 +@/@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>@/ +othercases do_nothing +@y +othercases do_nothing +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.774 + else if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_sa then + begin sa_restore; sa_chain:=p; sa_level:=save_level(save_ptr); + end + else begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then +@y + else begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.1065 +|glue_val|, or |mu_val| more than |mem_bot| (dynamic variable-size nodes +cannot have these values) +@y +|glue_val|, or |mu_val|. +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.1072 +primitive("count",register,mem_bot+int_val); +@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@> +primitive("dimen",register,mem_bot+dimen_val); +@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@> +primitive("skip",register,mem_bot+glue_val); +@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@> +primitive("muskip",register,mem_bot+mu_val); +@y +primitive("count",register,int_val); +@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@> +primitive("dimen",register,dimen_val); +@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@> +primitive("skip",register,glue_val); +@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@> +primitive("muskip",register,mu_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.1090 +register: @<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>; +@y +register: if chr_code=int_val then print_esc("count") + else if chr_code=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen") + else if chr_code=glue_val then print_esc("skip") + else print_esc("muskip"); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.1114 + if m=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val<256 then cur_val:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then cur_val:=null + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end; + end + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m) + else cur_val:=equiv(m); + cur_val_level:=tok_val; +@y + begin scan_eight_bit_int; m:=toks_base+cur_val; + end; + scanned_result(equiv(m))(tok_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.1173 +begin + scan_register_num; + fetch_box(q); + if q=null then cur_val:=0 @+else + cur_val:=mem[q+m].sc; +@y +begin + scan_eight_bit_int; + if box(cur_val)=null then cur_val:=0 @+else + cur_val:=mem[box(cur_val)+m].sc; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.1263 +begin if (m<mem_bot)or(m>lo_mem_stat_max) then + begin cur_val_level:=sa_type(m); + if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(m) + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m); + end +else begin scan_register_num; cur_val_level:=m-mem_bot; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(cur_val_level,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then + if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=0 + else cur_val:=zero_glue + else if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(cur_ptr) + else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end + else + case cur_val_level of +@y +begin scan_eight_bit_int; +case m of +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x + end; +@y +cur_val_level:=m; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.1437 +begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); +@y +begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.1479 + if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then tracing_online:=1; +@y + if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then set_new_eqtb_int(int_base+tracing_online_code,1); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x + tracing_online:=old_setting; +@y + set_new_eqtb_int(int_base+tracing_online_code,old_setting); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.2188 +begin cur_val:=n; fetch_box(v); vdir:=box_dir(v); +@y +begin v:=box(n); vdir:=box_dir(v); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.2212 +if q<>null then q:=vpack(q,natural); +change_box(q); {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same} +@y +if q=null then set_equiv(box_base+n,null) + {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same} +else set_equiv(box_base+n,vpack(q,natural)); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.2336 +@d global_box_flag==box_flag+(number_regs+number_regs) {context code for `\.{\\global\\setbox0}'} +@d ship_out_flag==global_box_flag+1 {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'} +@y +@d ship_out_flag==box_flag+(number_regs+number_regs) + {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.2344 +var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode} +@!a:small_number; {global prefix} +@y +var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode} +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.2351 +begin if box_context<global_box_flag then + begin cur_val:=box_context-box_flag; a:=0; + end +else begin cur_val:=box_context-global_box_flag; a:=4; + end; +if cur_val<256 then define(box_base+cur_val,box_ref,cur_box) +else sa_def_box; +end +@y +if box_context<box_flag+number_regs then + eq_define(box_base-box_flag+box_context,box_ref,cur_box) +else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-number_regs+box_context,box_ref,cur_box) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l. 2367 +@!n:halfword; {a box number} +begin case cur_chr of +box_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(cur_box); + set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); + {the box becomes void, at the same level} + end; +copy_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(q); cur_box:=copy_node_list(q); +@y +@!n:eight_bits; {a box number} +begin case cur_chr of +box_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=box(cur_val); + set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); + {the box becomes void, at the same level} + end; +copy_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=copy_node_list(box(cur_val)); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2359 +begin scan_register_num; n:=cur_val; +@y +begin scan_eight_bit_int; n:=cur_val; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2467 +begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>; +c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); +@y +begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>; +c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2431 +else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p); +change_box(null); +@y +else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p); +set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2743 + othercases begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin j:=n-count_def_code; {|int_val..box_val|} + if j>mu_val then j:=tok_val; {|int_val..mu_val| or |tok_val|} + find_sa_element(j,cur_val,true); add_sa_ref(cur_ptr); + if j=tok_val then j:=toks_register@+else j:=register; + define(p,j,cur_ptr); + end + else +@y + othercases begin scan_eight_bit_int; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2769 + e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements} + if cur_cmd=toks_register then + if cur_chr=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,true); + cur_chr:=cur_ptr; e:=true; + end + else cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val; + end + else e:=true; + p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots} +@y + if cur_cmd=toks_register then + begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=toks_base+cur_val; + end + else p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2789 + begin sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref); + end + else begin if (p=output_routine_loc)and not e then {enclose in curlies} +@y + begin define(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref); + end + else begin if p=output_routine_loc then {enclose in curlies} +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2799 + sa_define(p,def_ref)(p,call,def_ref); +@y + define(p,call,def_ref); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2805 +if (cur_cmd=toks_register)or(cur_cmd=assign_toks) then + begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then + if cur_chr=mem_bot then + begin scan_register_num; + if cur_val<256 then q:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val) + else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false); + if cur_ptr=null then q:=null + else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr); + end; + end + else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr) + else q:=equiv(cur_chr); + if q=null then sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null) + else begin add_token_ref(q); sa_define(p,q)(p,call,q); + end; + goto done; + end +@y +begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then + begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_cmd:=assign_toks; cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val; + end; +if cur_cmd=assign_toks then + begin q:=equiv(cur_chr); + if q=null then define(p,undefined_cs,null) + else begin add_token_ref(q); define(p,call,q); + end; + goto done; + end; +end +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2792 +@!e:boolean; {does |l| refer to a sparse array element?} +@!w:integer; {integer or dimen value of |l|} +begin q:=cur_cmd; +e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements} +@y +begin q:=cur_cmd; +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2802 +if p<glue_val then sa_word_define(l,cur_val) +else begin trap_zero_glue; sa_define(l,cur_val)(l,glue_ref,cur_val); +@y +if p<glue_val then word_define(l,cur_val) +else begin trap_zero_glue; define(l,glue_ref,cur_val); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2809 +if (cur_chr<mem_bot)or(cur_chr>lo_mem_stat_max) then + begin l:=cur_chr; p:=sa_type(l); e:=true; + end +else begin p:=cur_chr-mem_bot; scan_register_num; + if cur_val>255 then + begin find_sa_element(p,cur_val,true); l:=cur_ptr; e:=true; + end + else +@y +p:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2823 + end; +end; +found: if p<glue_val then@+if e then w:=sa_int(l)@+else w:=new_eqtb_int(l); +else if e then s:=sa_ptr(l)@+else s:=equiv(l) +@y +end; +found: +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2832 + if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+w; +@y + if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+new_eqtb_int(l); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2838 +begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=s; +@y +begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=equiv(l); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2847 + if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(w,cur_val) + else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(w,cur_val,0) + else cur_val:=x_over_n(w,cur_val) +else begin r:=new_spec(s); +@y + if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val) + else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val,0) + else cur_val:=x_over_n(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val) +else begin s:=equiv(l); r:=new_spec(s); +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2859 +set_box: begin scan_register_num; + if global then n:=global_box_flag+cur_val@+else n:=box_flag+cur_val; + scan_optional_equals; + if set_box_allowed then scan_box(n) +@y +set_box: begin scan_eight_bit_int; + if global then n:=number_regs+cur_val@+else n:=cur_val; + scan_optional_equals; + if set_box_allowed then scan_box(box_flag+n) +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.2925 +@!b:pointer; {box register} +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(b); scan_optional_equals; +scan_normal_dimen; +if b<>null then mem[b+c].sc:=cur_val; +@y +@!b:eight_bits; {box number} +begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; b:=cur_val; scan_optional_equals; +scan_normal_dimen; +if box(b)<>null then mem[box(b)+c].sc:=cur_val; +@z +%--------------------------------------- +@x l.2998 +begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); begin_diagnostic; +print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("="); +if p=null then print("void")@+else show_box(p); +@y +begin scan_eight_bit_int; begin_diagnostic; +print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("="); +if box(cur_val)=null then print("void") +else show_box(box(cur_val)); +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.3023 +if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do dump_int(sa_root[k]); +@y +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x eobase.ch l.3030 +if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do + undump(null)(lo_mem_max)(sa_root[k]); +@y +@z +@x l. 3181 +for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do eTeX_state(j):=0; {disable all enhancements} +@y +for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do set_new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+j,0); {disable all enhancements} +@z +%---------------------------------------- +@x l.3558 +@ @<Show the box context@>= +i:=saved(-4); +if i<>0 then + if i<box_flag then + begin if abs(nest[p].mode_field)=vmode then j:=hmove else j:=vmove; + if i>0 then print_cmd_chr(j,0) else print_cmd_chr(j,1); + print_scaled(abs(i)); print("pt"); + end + else if i<ship_out_flag then + begin if i>=global_box_flag then + begin print_esc("global"); i:=i-(global_box_flag-box_flag); + end; + print_esc("setbox"); print_int(i-box_flag); print_char("="); + end + else print_cmd_chr(leader_ship,i-(leader_flag-a_leaders)) +@y +@ @<Show the box context@>= +i:=saved(-4); +if i<>0 then + if i<box_flag then + begin if abs(nest[p].mode_field)=vmode then j:=hmove else j:=vmove; + if i>0 then print_cmd_chr(j,0) else print_cmd_chr(j,1); + print_scaled(abs(i)); print("pt"); + end + else if i<ship_out_flag then + begin if i>=box_flag+number_regs then + begin print_esc("global"); i:=i-number_regs; + end; + print_esc("setbox"); print_int(i-box_flag); print_char("="); + end + else print_cmd_chr(leader_ship,i-(leader_flag-a_leaders)) +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc1.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc1.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e69de29bb2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc1.ch diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc2.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9cdab96ab09 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc2.ch @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +% Backport some 1.23 dir primitives to 1.15 +% namely, \boxdir +% NOT \nextfakemath, which requires too many changes + +@x +@d assign_dir=register+1 {(\.{\\pagedir}, \.{\\textdir})} +@d max_internal=assign_dir + {the largest code that can follow \.{\\the}} +@y +@d assign_next_fake_math=register+1 {(\.{\\nextfakemath})} {unused} +@d assign_box_dir=register+2 {(\.{\\boxdir})} +@d assign_dir=register+3 {(\.{\\pagedir}, \.{\\textdir})} +@d max_internal=assign_dir + {the largest code that can follow \.{\\the}} +@z + +@x +assign_int: scanned_result(new_eqtb_int(m))(int_val); +assign_dir: scanned_result(new_eqtb_int(m))(dir_val); +@y +assign_int: scanned_result(new_eqtb_int(m))(int_val); +assign_box_dir: begin + scan_eight_bit_int; + m:=cur_val; + if box(m)<>null then cur_val:=box_dir(box(m)) + else cur_val:=0; + cur_val_level:=dir_val; + end; +assign_dir: scanned_result(new_eqtb_int(m))(dir_val); +@z + +@x [47] m.1071 +primitive("xleaders",leader_ship,x_leaders); +@!@:x_leaders_}{\.{\\xleaders} primitive@> +@y +primitive("xleaders",leader_ship,x_leaders); +@!@:x_leaders_}{\.{\\xleaders} primitive@> +primitive("boxdir",assign_box_dir,0); +@!@:box_dir}{\.{\\boxdir} primitive@> +@z + +@x [47] m.1073 +any_mode(make_box): begin_box(0); +@y +any_mode(make_box): begin_box(0); +any_mode(assign_box_dir): begin scan_eight_bit_int; + cur_box:=box(cur_val); + scan_optional_equals; scan_dir; + if cur_box<>null then box_dir(cur_box):=cur_val; + end; +@z + diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc1.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc1.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2c7eb4f5f8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc1.ch @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +@x +@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@# +@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1' {current \eTeX\ version} +@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} } +@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} } +@# +@d eTeX_banner=='This is e-Omega, Version ',eTeX_version_string + {printed when \eTeX\ starts} +@y +@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@# +@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {current \eTeX\ version} +@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} } +@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} } +@d eOmega_version=0 { \.{\\eOmegaversion} } {TODO: make accessible} +@d eOmega_revision==".2--RC1" { \.{\\eOmegarevision} } {TODO: make accessible} +@# +@d eTeX_banner==banner + {printed when \eTeX\ starts} +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc2.ch new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..669adca570f --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc2.ch @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +% e-Omega version-specific stuff; +% * we define the banner and everything to be +% e-Omega specific (with e-Omega version numbering +% added to the sequence --yes, I know it sucks) +% * we add both \eTeX-like and \OMEGA-like +% commands to display the version +@x +@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@# +@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1' {current \eTeX\ version} +@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} } +@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} } +@# +@d eTeX_banner=='This is e-Omega, Version ',eTeX_version_string + {printed when \eTeX\ starts} +@y +@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC2--pre' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@# +@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC2--pre' {current \eTeX\ version} +@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} } +@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} } +@d Omega_version_string=="1.15" { \.{\\OmegaVersion} } +@d eOmega_version_string=="0.3--RC2" { \.{\\eOmegaVersion} } +@d eOmega_version=0 { \.{\\eOmegaversion} } +@d eOmega_revision==".3--RC2" { \.{\\eOmegarevision} } +@# +@d eTeX_banner==banner + {printed when \eTeX\ starts} +@z + +% === e-Omega history === +%---------------------------------------- +% Version: 0.1 (RC0) +% Internal name: the successfull merge +% Achievement: main executable that would run +% Release date: 20030131 +%---------------------------------------- +% Version: 0.2 (RC1) +% Internal name: the successfull trip (NOT) +% Achievement: fixed the major 'trip' bug +% making e-Omega usable for +% Release date: 20030511 +%---------------------------------------- +% Version: 0.3 (RC2) +% Internal name: <yet unnamed> +% Achievement: <planned: fix the minor 'trip' bug> +% <implemented: add \boxdir> +% <implemented: add versioning info> +% <implemented: add version-retrieving commands> +% Release date: <yet to be released> +%---------------------------------------- + +@x +@d eTeX_int=glue_val+4 {first of \eTeX\ codes for integers} +@y +@d eOmega_int=glue_val+4 {first of \eOmega\ codes for integers} +@d eOmega_int_num=1 {number of \eOmega\ integers} +@d eTeX_int=eOmega_int+eOmega_int_num {first of \eTeX\ codes for integers} +@z + +@x +@d omega_code=5 {command code for \.{\\OmegaVersion}} +@d job_name_code=6 {command code for \.{\\jobname}} +@y +@d omega_code=5 {command code for \.{\\OmegaVersion}} +@d eomega_code=6 {command code for \.{\\eOmegaVersion}} +@d job_name_code=7 {command code for \.{\\jobname}} +@z + +@x +primitive("OmegaVersion",convert,omega_code);@/ +@!@:omega_version_}{\.{\\OmegaVersion} primitive@> +@y +primitive("OmegaVersion",convert,omega_code);@/ +@!@:omega_version_}{\.{\\OmegaVersion} primitive@> +primitive("eOmegaVersion",convert,eomega_code);@/ +@!@:eomega_version_}{\.{\\eOmegaVersion} primitive@> +@z + +@x + omega_code: print_esc("OmegaVersion"); + @/@<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ +@y + omega_code: print_esc("OmegaVersion"); + @/@<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ + eomega_code: print_esc("eOmegaVersion"); + @/@<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/ +@z + +@x +omega_code:; +job_name_code: if job_name=0 then open_log_file; +@y +omega_code: do_nothing; +eomega_code: do_nothing; +job_name_code: if job_name=0 then open_log_file; +@z + +@x +omega_code: print("1.15"); +job_name_code: print(job_name); +@y +omega_code: print(Omega_version_string); +eomega_code: print(eOmega_version_string); +job_name_code: print(job_name); +@z + +@x +@d eTeX_version_code=eTeX_int {code for \.{\\eTeXversion}} +@d eTeX_revision_code=job_name_code+1 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("lastnodetype",last_item,last_node_type_code); +@!@:last_node_type_}{\.{\\lastnodetype} primitive@> +primitive("eTeXversion",last_item,eTeX_version_code); +@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eTeXversion} primitive@> +primitive("eTeXrevision",convert,eTeX_revision_code);@/ +@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eTeXrevision} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +last_node_type_code: print_esc("lastnodetype"); +eTeX_version_code: print_esc("eTeXversion"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>= +eTeX_version_code: cur_val:=eTeX_version; + +@ @<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +eTeX_revision_code: print_esc("eTeXrevision"); + +@ @<Cases of `Scan the argument for command |c|'@>= +eTeX_revision_code: do_nothing; + +@ @<Cases of `Print the result of command |c|'@>= +eTeX_revision_code: print(eTeX_revision); +@y +@d eOmega_version_code=eOmega_int {code for \.{\\eOmegaversion}} +@d eTeX_version_code=eTeX_int {code for \.{\\eTeXversion}} +@d eOmega_revision_code=job_name_code+1 {command code for \.{\\eOmegarevision}} +@d eTeX_revision_code=job_name_code+2 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}} + +@<Generate all \eTeX...@>= +primitive("lastnodetype",last_item,last_node_type_code); +@!@:last_node_type_}{\.{\\lastnodetype} primitive@> +primitive("eOmegaversion",last_item,eOmega_version_code); +@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eOmegaversion} primitive@> +primitive("eTeXversion",last_item,eTeX_version_code); +@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eTeXversion} primitive@> +primitive("eOmegarevision",convert,eOmega_revision_code);@/ +@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eOmegarevision} primitive@> +primitive("eTeXrevision",convert,eTeX_revision_code);@/ +@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eTeXrevision} primitive@> + +@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +last_node_type_code: print_esc("lastnodetype"); +eOmega_version_code: print_esc("eOmegaversion"); +eTeX_version_code: print_esc("eTeXversion"); + +@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>= +eOmega_version_code: cur_val:=eOmega_version; +eTeX_version_code: cur_val:=eTeX_version; + +@ @<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>= +eOmega_revision_code: print_esc("eOmegarevision"); +eTeX_revision_code: print_esc("eTeXrevision"); + +@ @<Cases of `Scan the argument for command |c|'@>= +eOmega_revision_code: do_nothing; +eTeX_revision_code: do_nothing; + +@ @<Cases of `Print the result of command |c|'@>= +eOmega_revision_code: print(eOmega_revision); +eTeX_revision_code: print(eTeX_revision); +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch0 b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch0 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dcd72d28087 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch0 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +% +% Copyright (c) 2002-2003 the Omega Task Force +% +% Change file to assist in creating the web2c-specific change file. +% This one resolves inconsistencies between the etex changes for +% web2c and Omega changes for web2c. +% Public domain. + +@x +@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@y +@d banner=='This is Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@z + +@x +wterm(eTeX_banner); +@y +wterm(banner); +@z + +@x +begin wlog(eTeX_banner); +@y +begin wlog(banner); +@z + +@x [50] m.1308 l.23794 - e-TeX basic +if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same} +@/@<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>@/ +@y +if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same} +@z + +@x + begin @!init for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do + if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]); + if sa_mark<>null then + if do_marks(destroy_marks,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null; + for c:=last_box_code to vsplit_code do flush_node_list(disc_ptr[c]); + store_fmt_file; return;@+tini@/ +@y + begin @!init for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do + if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]); + store_fmt_file; return;@+tini@/ +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch1 b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a38b0ad409e --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch1 @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +% +% Copyright (c) 2002-2003 the Omega Task Force +% +% Change file to assist in creating the web2c-specific change file. +% This one resolves inconsistencies between the etex changes for +% web2c and Omega changes for web2c. +% Public domain. + +@x +@d banner=='This is Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@d banner_k=='This is Omegak, Version 3.141592--1.15' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@y +@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@d banner_k=='This is e-Omegak, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {printed when \TeX\ starts} +@z + +@x [1.2] l.188 - Web2C: extensions imply we're not TeX. +@d eTeX_banner==banner + {printed when \eTeX\ starts} +@y +@d eTeX_banner==banner + {printed when \eTeX\ starts} +@d eTeX_banner_k==banner_k +@z + +@x +Routine is implemented in C, module is not needed. +@y +Routine is implemented in C; part of module is, however, needed for e-TeX. + +@<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>= + begin cur_input.loc_field:=first; cur_input.limit_field:=last-1; + overflow("buffer size",buf_size); +@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@> + end +@z + + @x + wterm(banner_k) + @y + wterm(eTeX_banner_k) + @z + + @x + wterm(banner); + @y + wterm(eTeX_banner); + @z + + @x + wlog(banner_k) + @y + wlog(eTeX_banner_k) + @z + + @x + wlog(banner); + @y + wlog(eTeX_banner); + @z + +% @x l.15074 +% @<DIR: Initialize the text direction@>; +% @y +% @<DIR: Initialize the text direction@>; +% if src_specials_p then begin +% @z + +% @x +% while p<>null do @<Output node |p| for |hlist_out| and move to the next node, +% @y +% end; +% while p<>null do @<Output node |p| for |hlist_out| and move to the next node, +% @z + +% @x +% begin synch_h; synch_v; +% @y +% begin synch_h; synch_v; +% if src_specials_p then begin +% @z + +% @x l.15115 +% repeat f:=font(p); c:=character(p); +% incr(chars_since_last_special); +% @y +% end; +% repeat f:=font(p); c:=character(p); +% if src_specials_p then +% incr(chars_since_last_special); +% @z + +@x +@<Append character |cur_chr|...@>= +if ((head=tail) and (mode>0)) then begin + if (insert_src_special_auto) then append_src_special; +end; +@y +@<Append character |cur_chr|...@>= +@z + + +@x +begin push_math(math_shift_group); eq_word_define(int_base+cur_fam_code,-1); +if (insert_src_special_every_math) then insert_src_special; +@y +begin push_math(math_shift_group); eq_word_define(int_base+cur_fam_code,-1); +@z + +@x + push_nest; mode:=-vmode; prev_depth:=ignore_depth; + if (insert_src_special_every_vbox) then insert_src_special; +@y + push_nest; mode:=-vmode; prev_depth:=ignore_depth; +@z + +@x +@!init procedure store_fmt_file; +label found1,found2,done1,done2; +var @!k:integer; {all-purpose indices} +@y +@!init procedure store_fmt_file; +label found1,found2,done1,done2; +var j,@!k:integer; {all-purpose indices} +@z + +@x [50] m.1308 l.23794 - e-TeX basic +if x<>max_halfword then goto bad_fmt; {check |max_halfword|} +@y +if x<>max_halfword then goto bad_fmt; {check |max_halfword|} +@/@<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>@/ +@z + +@x + line_stack:=xmalloc_array (integer, max_in_open); +@y + xmalloc_array (line_stack, max_in_open); +@z + +@x + begin @!init if ini_version then + begin for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do + if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]); + store_fmt_file; return; + end;@+tini@/ +@y + begin @!init if ini_version then + begin for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do + if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]); + if sa_mark<>null then + if do_marks(destroy_marks,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null; + for c:=last_box_code to vsplit_code do flush_node_list(disc_ptr[c]); + store_fmt_file; return; + end;@+tini@/ +@z diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch2 b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch2 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5216941f80d --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch2 @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +% +% Copyright (c) 2002-2003 the Omega Task Force +% +% Change file to assist in creating the web2c-specific change file. +% This one resolves inconsistencies between the etex changes for +% web2c and Omega changes for web2c. +% Public domain. +% + +@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `pdftex.pool' in error messages +else bad_pool('! I can''t read omega.pool; bad path?') +@y +else bad_pool('! I can''t read eomega.pool; bad path?') +@z + +@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `omega.pool' in error messages +begin if eof(pool_file) then bad_pool('! omega.pool has no check sum.'); +@y +begin if eof(pool_file) then bad_pool('! eomega.pool has no check sum.'); +@z + +@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `omega.pool' in error messages + bad_pool('! omega.pool line doesn''t begin with two digits.'); +@y + bad_pool('! eomega.pool line doesn''t begin with two digits.'); +@z + +@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `omega.pool' in error messages + bad_pool('! omega.pool check sum doesn''t have nine digits.'); +@y + bad_pool('! eomega.pool check sum doesn''t have nine digits.'); +@z + +@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `omega.pool' in error messages + bad_pool('! omega.pool doesn''t match; otangle me again (or fix the path).'); +@y + bad_pool('! eomega.pool doesn''t match; otangle me again (or fix the path).'); +@z + +%---------------------------------------- +@x +print_err("Omega capacity exceeded, sorry ["); +@y +print_err("e-Omega capacity exceeded, sorry ["); +@z +%---------------------------------------- + +@x +@=#include "omegamem.h";@> +@y +@=#include "eomegamem.h";@> +@z + +@x + print("Omega output, Version 3.141592--1.15, "); +@y + print("e-Omega output, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1, "); +@z + +@x +if ini_version then format_ident:=" (INIOMEGA)"; +@y +if ini_version then format_ident:=" (INIEOMEGA)"; +@z + +@x + xmalloc_array (line_stack, max_in_open); + xmalloc_array (eof_seen, max_in_open); + xmalloc_array (grp_stack, max_in_open); + xmalloc_array (if_stack, max_in_open); +@y + line_stack:=xmalloc_array (integer, max_in_open); + eof_seen:=xmalloc_array (boolean, max_in_open); + grp_stack:=xmalloc_array (save_pointer, max_in_open); + if_stack:=xmalloc_array (pointer, max_in_open); +@z + +@x +@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INITEX)") then +@y +@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INIEOMEGA)") then +@z + diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/primitives.tex b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/primitives.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a3c8d868cd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/primitives.tex @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +\box0=\hboxt dir TRT {} + +\showthe\boxdir0 + +\boxdir0 TLT + +\showthe\boxdir0 + +\eOmegaVersion +\eOmegaversion +\eOmegarevision + |